Mantaṁ 951 texts and 3116 matches in Suttanta Pali


Sutta St Title Words Ct Mr Links Quote
an1.394-574 an1.434 sammākammantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

sammākammantaṁ bhāveti …
right action …

an2.11-20 an2.16 an2.17 an2.18 ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 7 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

an2.32-41 an2.34 an2.35 an2.36 an2.37 an2.38 ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 15 2 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha,
Atha kho sambahulā samacittā devatā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several peaceful-minded deities went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha,
Āyasmāpi kho sāriputto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Sāriputta bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him:
“Idha, sāriputta, sambahulā samacittā devatā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, sāriputta, tā devatā maṁ etadavocuṁ:
“Just now, Sāriputta, several peaceful-minded deities came up to me, bowed, and stood to one side. Those deities said to me:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ārāmadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Mahākaccāna:
Atha kho kandarāyano brāhmaṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākaccānena saddhiṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kandarāyano brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:
Then the brahmin Kandarāyana went up to Mahākaccāna, and exchanged greetings with him … He sat down to one side and said to Mahākaccāna: kandarāyano → kaṇḍarāyaṇo (bj); kaṇḍarāyano (sya-all, km, pts1ed)

an3.19 Paṭhamapāpaṇikasutta A Shopkeeper (1st) kammantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko pubbaṇhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, sāyanhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti.
It’s when a shopkeeper doesn’t carefully apply themselves to their work in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon. majjhanhikasamayaṁ → majjhantikaṁ samayaṁ (bj); majjhantikasamayaṁ (sya-all, km, pts1ed)
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko pubbaṇhasamayaṁ sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṁ …pe… sāyanhasamayaṁ sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti.
It’s when a shopkeeper carefully applies themselves to their work in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon.

an3.21 Samiddhasutta With Saviṭṭha ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 7 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ samiddhaṁ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and Venerable Sāriputta said to Venerable Saviṭṭha,
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta said to Mahākoṭṭhita,
Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahākoṭṭhita said to Sāriputta,
Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca samiddho āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then Sāriputta, Saviṭṭha, and Mahākoṭṭhita went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto yāvatako ahosi āyasmatā ca samiddhena āyasmatā ca mahākoṭṭhikena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
Then Sāriputta told the Buddha of all they had discussed.

an3.32 Ānandasutta With Ānanda ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

an3.33 Sāriputtasutta With Sāriputta ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

an3.35 Hatthakasutta With Hatthaka ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho hatthako āḷavako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said,

an3.51 Paṭhamadvebrāhmaṇasutta Two Brahmins (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

an3.52 Dutiyadvebrāhmaṇasutta Two Brahmins (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho dve brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then two old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life, being a hundred and twenty years old—went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

an3.53 Aññatarabrāhmaṇasutta A Certain Brahmin ekamantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:

an3.54 Paribbājakasutta A Wanderer ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇaparibbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇaparibbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a brahmin wanderer went up to the Buddha … Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:

an3.55 Nibbutasutta Extinguished ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

an3.56 Palokasutta Falling Apart ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇamahāsālo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇamahāsālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a well-to-do Brahmin went up to the Buddha, and seated to one side he said to him:

an3.57 Vacchagottasutta With Vacchagotta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an3.58 Tikaṇṇasutta With Tikaṇṇa ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho tikaṇṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato sammukhā tevijjānaṁ sudaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati:
Seated to one side, in front of the Buddha, Tikaṇṇa praised the brahmins who were proficient in the three Vedas,

an3.59 Jāṇussoṇisutta With Jānussoṇi ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:

an3.60 Saṅgāravasutta With Saṅgārava ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 8 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
Evaṁ vutte, saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Saṅgārava said to Ānanda,
Dutiyampi kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
For a second time Saṅgārava said to Ānanda,
Tatiyampi kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
For a third time Saṅgārava said to Ānanda,

an3.63 Venāgapurasutta At Venāgapura ekamantaṁ 6 4 En Ru

Atha kho venāgapurikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho venāgapuriko vacchagotto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the brahmins and householders of Venāgapura went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. Then the brahmin Vacchagotta of Venāgapura said to the Buddha:

an3.64 Sarabhasutta With Sarabha ekamantaṁ 2 6 En Ru

Atha kho te bhikkhū rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an3.65 Kesamuttisutta With the Kālāmas of Kesamutta ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho kesamuttiyā kālāmā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te kesamuttiyā kālāmā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then the Kālāmas went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. Seated to one side the Kālāmas said to the Buddha:

an3.66 Sāḷhasutta With Sāḷha and His Friend āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho sāḷho ca migāranattā sāṇo ca sekhuniyanattā yenāyasmā nandako tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sāḷhaṁ migāranattāraṁ āyasmā nandako etadavoca:
Then Sāḷha, Migāra’s grandson, and Rohaṇa, Pekhuṇiya’s grandson went up to Venerable Nandaka, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Venerable Nandaka said to Sāḷha: migāranattā sāṇo ca sekhuniyanattā → rohaṇo ca pekhuniyanattā (bj); rohano ca pekhuṇiyanattā (sya-all, km); rohaṇo ca pekhuṇiyanattā (pts1ed)

an3.70 Uposathasutta Sabbath ekamantaṁ 2 7 En Ru

Atha kho visākhā migāramātā tadahuposathe yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho visākhaṁ migāramātaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Visākhā, Migāra’s mother, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her,

an3.71 Channasutta With Channa ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho channo paribbājako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda:

an3.72 Ājīvakasutta A Disciple of the Ājīvakas āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 1 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro ājīvakasāvako gahapati yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so ājīvakasāvako gahapati āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then a householder who was a disciple of the Ājīvaka ascetics went up to Venerable Ānanda, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to Ānanda:

an3.73 Mahānāmasakkasutta With Mahānāma the Sakyan ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Yannūnāhaṁ mahānāmaṁ sakkaṁ ekamantaṁ apanetvā dhammaṁ deseyyan”ti.
Why don’t I take him off to one side and teach him the Dhamma?”
Atha kho āyasmā ānando mahānāmaṁ sakkaṁ bāhāyaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ apanetvā mahānāmaṁ sakkaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ānanda took Mahānāma by the arm, led him off to one side, and said to him,

an3.74 Nigaṇṭhasutta Jains āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho abhayo ca licchavi paṇḍitakumārako ca licchavi yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho abhayo licchavi āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then the Licchavis Abhaya and Paṇḍitakumāra went up to Venerable Ānanda, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an3.75 Nivesakasutta Support ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an3.76 Paṭhamabhavasutta Continued Existence (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an3.78 Sīlabbatasutta Precepts and Observances ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an3.79 Gandhajātasutta Fragrances ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an3.80 Cūḷanikāsutta Lesser ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said, āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ → bhagavantaṁ (si ), cck, sya1ed, km potthakesu natthi. aṭṭhakathāya "
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Udāyī said to Venerable Ānanda,
Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, the Buddha said to Venerable Udāyī,

an3.84 Vajjiputtasutta The Vajji ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro vajjiputtako bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so vajjiputtako bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a certain Vajji monk went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an3.85 Sekkhasutta A Trainee ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an3.91 Saṅkavāsutta At Paṅkadhā ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Anupubbena yena rājagahaṁ yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kassapagotto bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Eventually he came to Rājagaha and the Vulture’s Peak. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, saying:

an3.109 Arakkhitasutta Unprotected ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an3.110 Byāpannasutta Fallen ekamantaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Seated to one side, the Buddha said to the householder Anāthapiṇḍika:

an3.126 Bharaṇḍukālāmasutta Bharaṇḍu Kālāma ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho mahānāmaṁ sakkaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
He went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to him,
Atha kho mahānāmo sakko tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho mahānāmaṁ sakkaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then, when the night had passed, Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an3.127 Hatthakasutta With Hatthaka ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti, kho hatthako devaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā oḷārikaṁ attabhāvaṁ abhinimminitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
“Yes, sir,” replied Hatthaka. He manifested in a solid life-form, bowed to the Buddha, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho hatthakaṁ devaputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him,

an3.129 Paṭhamaanuruddhasutta With Anuruddha (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Anuruddha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an3.130 Dutiyaanuruddhasutta With Anuruddha (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him:

an3.156-162 an3.162 Untitled Discourses on Three Practices sammākammantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

sammākammantaṁ bhāveti …
right action …

an4.22 Dutiyauruvelasutta At Uruvelā (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho, bhikkhave, te brāhmaṇā maṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side, and said to me:

an4.35 Vassakārasutta With Vassakāra ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an4.39 Ujjayasutta With Ujjaya ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an4.40 Udāyīsutta With Udāyī ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho udāyī brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho udāyī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Udāyī the brahmin went up to the Buddha, … and asked him, udāyī → udāyi (sabbattha)

an4.45 Rohitassasutta With Rohitassa ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho rohitasso devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho rohitasso devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, the glorious god Rohitassa, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:

an4.46 Dutiyarohitassasutta With Rohitassa (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ rohitasso devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, bhikkhave, rohitasso devaputto maṁ etadavoca:
“Tonight, the glorious god Rohitassa, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me:

an4.48 Visākhasutta With Visākha, Pañcāli’s Son āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ visākhaṁ pañcālaputtaṁ etadavoca:
Then the Buddha said to Visākha,

an4.53 Paṭhamasaṁvāsasutta Living Together (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te gahapatī ca gahapatāniyo ca bhagavā etadavoca:
They went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:

an4.55 Paṭhamasamajīvīsutta Equality (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho nakulapitā ca gahapati nakulamātā ca gahapatānī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nakulapitā gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Nakula’s father and the housewife Nakula’s mother went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Nakula’s father said to the Buddha,

an4.57 Suppavāsāsutta Suppavāsā ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho suppavāsā koliyadhītā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, she sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho suppavāsaṁ koliyadhītaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to her:

an4.58 Sudattasutta Sudatta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an4.60 Gihisāmīcisutta Lay Practice ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an4.61 Pattakammasutta Fitting Deeds ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an4.62 Ānaṇyasutta Debtlessness ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an4.67 Ahirājasutta The Snake King ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an4.79 Vaṇijjasutta Business ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an4.80 Kambojasutta Persia ekamantaṁ kammantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena mātugāmo neva sabhāyaṁ nisīdati, na kammantaṁ payojeti, na kambojaṁ gacchatī”ti?
“Sir, what is the cause, what is the reason why females don’t attend council meetings, work for a living, or travel to Persia?”
ayaṁ kho, ānanda, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena mātugāmo neva sabhāyaṁ nisīdati, na kammantaṁ payojeti, na kambojaṁ gacchatī”ti.
This is the cause, this is the reason why females don’t attend council meetings, work for a living, or travel to Persia.”

an4.100 Potaliyasutta With Potaliya the Wanderer ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho potaliyaṁ paribbājakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and the Buddha said to him:

an4.111 Kesisutta With Kesi ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho kesi assadammasārathi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho kesiṁ assadammasārathiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Kesi the horse trainer went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

an4.159 Bhikkhunīsutta Nun āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

“Evaṁ, ayye”ti kho so puriso tassā bhikkhuniyā paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, ma’am,” that man replied. He did as the nun asked.
Addasā kho sā bhikkhunī āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
That nun saw Ānanda coming off in the distance.
Atha kho sā bhikkhunī mañcakā vuṭṭhahitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā āyasmato ānandassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then that nun rose from her cot, placed her robe over one shoulder, bowed with her head at Ānanda’s feet, and said,

an4.167 Mahāmoggallānasutta Moggallāna’s Practice ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sāriputta sat down to one side and said to Mahāmoggallāna:

an4.168 Sāriputtasutta Sāriputta’s Practice ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Mahāmoggallāna sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:

an4.173 Mahākoṭṭhikasutta With Mahākoṭṭhita ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Mahākoṭṭhita sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:

an4.174 Ānandasutta With Ānanda ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Ānanda sat down to one side, and said to Mahākoṭṭhita:

an4.175 Upavāṇasutta With Upavāṇa ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upavāṇo āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Upavāna sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:

an4.177 Rāhulasutta With Rāhula ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an4.179 Nibbānasutta Extinguishment ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Ānanda sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:

an4.183 Sutasutta Vassakāra on What is Heard ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an4.184 Abhayasutta Fearless ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an4.186 Ummaggasutta Approach ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then one of the mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an4.187 Vassakārasutta With Vassakāra ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an4.188 Upakasutta With Upaka ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho upako maṇḍikāputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho upako maṇḍikāputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Upaka the son of Maṇḍikā went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an4.193 Bhaddiyasutta With Bhaddiya ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhaddiyo licchavi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bhaddiyo licchavi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Bhaddiya the Licchavi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an4.194 Sāmugiyasutta At Sāpūga āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā sāmugiyā koliyaputtā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te sāmugiye koliyaputte āyasmā ānando etadavoca:
Then several Koliyans from Sāpūga went up to Ānanda, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Venerable Ānanda said to them: sāmugiyā → sāpugiyā (bj, sya-all)

an4.195 Vappasutta With Vappa āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 2 En Ru

Atha kho vappo sakko nigaṇṭhasāvako yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho vappaṁ sakkaṁ nigaṇṭhasāvakaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Then Vappa of the Sakyans, a disciple of the Jains, went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and sat down to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him:
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to Mahāmoggallāna,

an4.196 Sāḷhasutta With Sāḷha ekamantaṁ 2 7 En Ru

Atha kho sāḷho ca licchavi abhayo ca licchavi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sāḷho licchavi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāḷha and Abhaya the Licchavis went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an4.197 Mallikādevīsutta Queen Mallikā ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mallikā devī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho mallikā devī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Queen Mallikā went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an4.234 Soṇakāyanasutta About Soṇakāyana ekamantaṁ 2 3 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sikhāmoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sikhāmoggallāna sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

an4.243 Saṅghabhedakasutta Schism in the Saṅgha ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

an4.257 Mālukyaputtasutta With Māluṅkyaputta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Māluṅkyaputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: mālukyaputto → māluṅkyaputto (bj, sya-all, km)

an5.30 Nāgitasutta With Nāgita āyasmantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nāgitaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Nāgita,

an5.31 Sumanasutta With Sumanā ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sumanā rājakumārī pañcahi rathasatehi pañcahi rājakumārisatehi parivutā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho sumanā rājakumārī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Princess Sumanā, escorted by five hundred chariots and five hundred royal maidens, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an5.32 Cundīsutta With Cundī ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho cundī rājakumārī pañcahi rathasatehi pañcahi ca kumārisatehi parivutā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho cundī rājakumārī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Princess Cundī, escorted by five hundred chariots and five hundred royal maidens, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an5.33 Uggahasutta With Uggaha ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Uggaha, Meṇḍaka’s grandson, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Uggaha sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him,

an5.34 Sīhasenāpatisutta With General Sīha ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sīho senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then General Sīha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and asked him,

an5.41 Ādiyasutta Getting Rich ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an5.43 Iṭṭhasutta Likable ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an5.44 Manāpadāyīsutta Agreeable ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggo gahapati vesāliko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ugga went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho uggo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho uggaṁ devaputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then, late at night, the glorious god Ugga, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to him,

an5.49 Kosalasutta The King of Kosala ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.

an5.50 Nāradasutta With Nārada kammantaṁ panāyasmantaṁ āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 18 0 En Ru

So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya piyāya manāpāya neva nhāyati na vilimpati na bhattaṁ bhuñjati na kammantaṁ payojeti—
And since that time, the king did not bathe, anoint himself, eat his meals, or apply himself to his work. nhāyati → nahāyati (bj)
So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya piyāya manāpāya neva nhāyati na vilimpati na bhattaṁ bhuñjati na kammantaṁ payojeti—
Since then the king does not bathe, anoint himself, eat his meals, or apply himself to his work.
Taṁ kho panāyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ evaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato:
He has this good reputation:
Yannūna muṇḍo rājā āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti.
What if King Muṇḍa was to pay homage to Venerable Nārada? Hopefully when he hears Nārada’s teaching, the king could give up sorrow’s arrow.”
Taṁ kho panāyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ evaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato:
He has this good reputation:
Yadi pana devo āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma devo āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti.
What if Your Majesty was to pay homage to Venerable Nārada? Hopefully when you hear Nārada’s teaching, you could give up sorrow’s arrow.”
“Tena hi, samma piyaka, āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ paṭivedehi.
“Well then, my good Piyaka, let Nārada know.
“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho piyako kosārakkho muṇḍassa rañño paṭissutvā yenāyasmā nārado tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho piyako kosārakkho āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, Your Majesty,” replied Piyaka the treasurer. He went to Nārada, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya piyāya manāpāya neva nhāyati na vilimpati na bhattaṁ bhuñjati na kammantaṁ payojeti—
And since she passed away, the king has not bathed, anointed himself, eaten his meals, or got his business done.
Atha kho piyako kosārakkho uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena muṇḍo rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā muṇḍaṁ rājānaṁ etadavoca:
Then Piyaka got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled Venerable Nārada, keeping him on his right, before going to the king and saying,
Atha kho muṇḍo rājā bhadraṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi yena kukkuṭārāmo tena pāyāsi mahaccā rājānubhāvena āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ dassanāya.
Then King Muṇḍa mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out in full royal pomp to see Venerable Nārada at the Chicken Monastery. bhadraṁ yānaṁ → bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni (sya-all, km); bhaddaṁ yānaṁ (pts1ed); bhadraṁ bhadraṁ yānaṁ (mr) | mahaccā → mahacca (bahūsu)
Atha kho muṇḍo rājā yena āyasmā nārado tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho muṇḍaṁ rājānaṁ āyasmā nārado etadavoca:
Then the king went up to Nārada, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Nārada said to him:
Evaṁ vutte, muṇḍo rājā āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, King Muṇḍa said to Venerable Nārada,

an5.55 Mātāputtasutta Mother and Son ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

an5.56 Upajjhāyasutta Mentor ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho so bhikkhu taṁ saddhivihārikaṁ bhikkhuṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then that mendicant took his pupil to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho so bhikkhu taṁ saddhivihārikaṁ bhikkhuṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then that mendicant took his pupil to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an5.58 Licchavikumārakasutta The Licchavi Youths ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

disvāna sajjāni dhanūni nikkhipitvā kukkurasaṅghaṁ ekamantaṁ uyyojetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā bhagavantaṁ payirupāsanti.
When they saw him, they put down their strung bows, tied their hounds up to one side, and went up to him. They bowed and silently paid homage to the Buddha with joined palms.
disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Seeing this, he went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo licchavi udānaṁ udānesi:
and expressed this heartfelt sentiment,

an5.73 Paṭhamadhammavihārīsutta One Who Lives by the Teaching (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an5.74 Dutiyadhammavihārīsutta One Who Lives by the Teaching (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an5.76 Dutiyayodhājīvasutta Warriors (2nd) vāyamantaṁ 8 5 En Ru

Tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti.
but his foes kill him and finish him off.
Tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṁ apanenti;
but his foes wound him. upalikkhanti → upalikhanti (mr)
Tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṁ apanenti;
but his foes wound him.
Tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṁ apanenti;
but his foes wound him.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati, so tasmiṁ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti.
I say that this person is like the warrior who is killed and finished off by his foes. Some people are like that.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati, so tasmiṁ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṁ apanenti; apanetvā ñātakānaṁ nenti. So ñātakehi nīyamāno appatvāva ñātake antarāmagge kālaṁ karoti; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti.
I say that this person is like the warrior who is taken to his relatives for care, but he dies on the road before he reaches them. Some people are like that.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati, so tasmiṁ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṁ apanenti; apanetvā ñātakānaṁ nenti, tamenaṁ ñātakā upaṭṭhahanti paricaranti. So ñātakehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno teneva ābādhena kālaṁ karoti; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti.
I say that this person is like the warrior who dies of his injuries while in the care of his relatives. Some people are like that.
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati, so tasmiṁ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṁ apanenti; apanetvā ñātakānaṁ nenti, tamenaṁ ñātakā upaṭṭhahanti paricaranti. So ñātakehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno vuṭṭhāti tamhā ābādhā; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi.
I say that this person is like the warrior who recovers from his injuries while in the care of his relatives.

an5.100 Kakudhatherasutta With Kakudha āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 9 2 En Ru

Atha kho kakudho devaputto yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kakudho devaputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
Then the god Kakudha went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
Idaṁ vatvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.
Then he bowed and respectfully circled Mahāmoggallāna, keeping him on his right side, before vanishing right there.
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
Atha kho, bhante, kakudho devaputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, bhante, kakudho devaputto maṁ etadavoca:
an5.100

an5.106 Ānandasutta With Ānanda ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an5.114 Andhakavindasutta At Andhakavinda ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an5.123 Paṭhamaupaṭṭhākasutta A Carer (1st) abhikkamantaṁ paṭikkamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Asappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṁ na jānāti, bhesajjaṁ nappaṭisevitā hoti, atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa na yathābhūtaṁ ābādhaṁ āvikattā hoti abhikkamantaṁ vā abhikkamatīti paṭikkamantaṁ vā paṭikkamatīti ṭhitaṁ vā ṭhitoti, uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti.
They do what is unsuitable. They don’t know moderation in what is suitable. They don’t take their medicine. Though their carer wants what’s best for them, they don’t accurately report their symptoms by saying when they’re getting worse, getting better, or staying the same. And they cannot endure physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening. tibbānaṁ → tippānaṁ (bj) "
Sappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṁ jānāti, bhesajjaṁ paṭisevitā hoti, atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa yathābhūtaṁ ābādhaṁ āvikattā hoti abhikkamantaṁ vā abhikkamatīti paṭikkamantaṁ vā paṭikkamatīti ṭhitaṁ vā ṭhitoti, uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko hoti.
They do what is suitable. They know moderation in what is suitable. They take their medicine. Because their carer wants what’s best for them, they accurately report their symptoms by saying when they’re getting worse, getting better, or staying the same. And they can endure physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening.

an5.143 Sārandadasutta At Sārandada ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho te licchavī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho te licchavī bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then those Licchavis went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,

an5.146 Mittasutta A Friend kammantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Kammantaṁ kāreti, adhikaraṇaṁ ādiyati, pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, dīghacārikaṁ anavatthacārikaṁ anuyutto viharati, nappaṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ.
They start up work projects. They take up disciplinary issues. They conflict with leading mendicants. They like long and aimless wandering. They’re unable to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire you from time to time with a Dhamma talk. anavatthacārikaṁ → anavatthitacārikaṁ (bj); avatthānacārikaṁ (sya-all) "
Na kammantaṁ kāreti, na adhikaraṇaṁ ādiyati, na pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, na dīghacārikaṁ anavatthacārikaṁ anuyutto viharati, paṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ.
They don’t start up work projects. They don’t take up disciplinary issues. They don’t conflict with leading mendicants. They don’t like long and aimless wandering. They’re able to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire you from time to time with a Dhamma talk.

an5.159 Udāyīsutta With Udāyī āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Addasā kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivutaṁ dhammaṁ desentaṁ nisinnaṁ.
Seeing this, Venerable Ānanda
Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an5.166 Nirodhasutta Cessation āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁyevettha 11 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Udāyī said to him,
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
And for a third time, Udāyī said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi:
and said to the mendicants:
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Udāyī said to him,
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
And for a third time, Udāyī said to him,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Udāyī,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkantassa bhagavato yenāyasmā upavāṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ etadavoca:
Then, not long after the Buddha had left, Venerable Ānanda went to Venerable Upavāna and said to him,
Anacchariyaṁ kho, panetaṁ āvuso upavāṇa, yaṁ bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etadeva ārabbha udāhareyya yathā āyasmantaṁyevettha upavāṇaṁ paṭibhāseyya.
I wouldn’t be surprised if the Buddha brings this up when he comes out of retreat later this afternoon. He might even call upon Venerable Upavāna himself.
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out, and said to Upavāna,

an5.169 Khippanisantisutta Quick-witted ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ āyasmantaṁyeva 5 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him: sāraṇīyaṁ → sārāṇīyaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) "
Paṭibhātu āyasmantaṁyeva ānandan”ti.
Why don’t you clarify this yourself?”
Imehi ca mayaṁ pañcahi dhammehi samannāgataṁ āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dhārema:
And we will remember Venerable Ānanda as someone who has these five qualities:

an5.170 Bhaddajisutta With Bhaddaji ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ āyasmantaṁyeva 4 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ bhaddajiṁ āyasmā ānando etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and Venerable Ānanda said to him:
Paṭibhātu āyasmantaṁyeva ānandan”ti.
Why don’t you clarify this yourself?”

an5.174 Verasutta Threats ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an5.176 Pītisutta Rapture ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati pañcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika, escorted by around five hundred lay followers, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an5.179 Gihisutta A Layperson ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ saṁvutakammantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati pañcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika, escorted by around five hundred lay followers, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta:
“yaṁ kañci, sāriputta, jāneyyātha gihiṁ odātavasanaṁ pañcasu sikkhāpadesu saṁvutakammantaṁ catunnaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhiṁ akicchalābhiṁ akasiralābhiṁ, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya:
“You should know this, Sāriputta, about those white-clothed laypeople whose actions are restrained in the five precepts, and who get four blissful meditations in the present life belonging to the higher mind when they want, without trouble or difficulty. They may, if they wish, declare of themselves: yaṁ kañci → yaṁ kiñci (bj); yaṅkiñci (sya-all)
Yaṁ kañci, sāriputta, jāneyyātha gihiṁ odātavasanaṁ—imesu pañcasu sikkhāpadesu saṁvutakammantaṁ, imesañca catunnaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhiṁ akicchalābhiṁ akasiralābhiṁ, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya:
You should know this, Sāriputta, about those white-clothed laypeople whose actions are restrained in the five precepts, and who get four blissful meditations in the present life belonging to the higher mind when they want, without trouble or difficulty. They may, if they wish, declare of themselves:

an5.192 Doṇabrāhmaṇasutta With the Brahmin Doṇa ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho doṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Doṇa sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

an5.193 Saṅgāravasutta With Saṅgārava ekamantaṁ 2 10 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Saṅgārava sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

an5.194 Kāraṇapālīsutta With Kāraṇapālī kammantaṁ 1 6 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena kāraṇapālī brāhmaṇo licchavīnaṁ kammantaṁ kāreti.
Now at that time the brahmin Kāraṇapālī was working for the Licchavis. kāraṇapālī → karaṇapālī (mr)

an5.201 Kimilasutta With Kimbila ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: kimilo → kimbilo (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) "

an6.10 Mahānāmasutta With Mahānāma ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno, kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an6.16 Nakulapitusutta Nakula’s Father ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā daṇḍamolubbha yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nakulapitaraṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Soon after recovering, leaning on a staff he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him: vuṭṭhito → vuṭṭhitova (sya-all) "

an6.17 Soppasutta Sleep ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Āyasmāpi kho sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Venerable Sāriputta also came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.
āyasmāpi kho ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
and Ānanda did the same.

an6.21 Sāmakasutta At Sāma Village ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ pokkharaṇiyaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire lotus pond, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ pokkharaṇiyaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca:
an6.21

an6.27 Paṭhamasamayasutta Proper Occasions (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an6.29 Udāyīsutta With Udāyī āyasmantaṁ 5 3 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Udāyī,
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ āmantesi:
And a second time …
Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ āmantesi:
and a third time, the Buddha said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda said to Venerable Udāyī,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda:

an6.32 Paṭhamaaparihānasutta Non-decline (1st) ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:
“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca:
an6.32

an6.33 Dutiyaaparihānasutta Non-decline (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca:
“Tonight, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me:

an6.34 Mahāmoggallānasutta With Mahāmoggallāna āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 5 2 En Ru

Addasā kho tisso brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
Tissa saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance,
Disvāna āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him,
Tissopi kho brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Tissa bowed to Moggallāna and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho tissaṁ brahmānaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Moggallāna said to him,

an6.38 Attakārīsutta One’s Own Volition ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an6.40 Kimilasutta With Kimbila ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: kimilo → kimbilo (bj, pts1ed); kimmilo (sya-all)

an6.42 Nāgitasutta With Nāgita āyasmantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nāgitaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Nāgita,
‘idānimaṁ āyasmantaṁ ārāmiko vā upaṭṭhahissati samaṇuddeso vā taṁ tamhā samādhimhā cāvessatī’ti.
‘Now a monastery worker, a novice, or a fellow practitioner will make this venerable fall from immersion.’ ārāmiko vā upaṭṭhahissati samaṇuddeso vā taṁ tamhā → ārāmiko vā samaṇuddeso vā sahadhammiko vā tamhā (si ), ārāmiko vā ghaṭṭessati samaṇuddeso vā so taṁ tamhā (si), ārāmiko vā ghaṭṭessati samaṇuddeso vā taṁ tamhā (si, pts1ed), ārāmiko taṁ kiṁ ghaṭessati samaṇuddeso vā (sya-all) 17A8:825

an6.43 Nāgasutta The Giant āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
In the late afternoon the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda,

an6.44 Migasālāsutta With Migasālā āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 8 0 En Ru

Atha kho migasālā upāsikā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho migasālā upāsikā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then the laywoman Migasālā went up to Ānanda, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, migasālā → migasāṇā (mr)
Atha kho āyasmā ānando pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, Ānanda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
Atha kho, bhante, migasālā upāsikā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho, bhante, migasālā upāsikā maṁ etadavoca:
an6.44

an6.47 Paṭhamasandiṭṭhikasutta Visible in This Very Life (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho moḷiyasīvako paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an6.48 Dutiyasandiṭṭhikasutta Visible in This Very Life (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an6.49 Khemasutta With Khema ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ca khemo āyasmā ca sumano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā khemo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then they went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Venerable Khema said to the Buddha:

an6.51 Ānandasutta With Ānanda ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ āyasmantaṁyeva 5 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Ānanda sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:
Paṭibhātu āyasmantaṁyeva ānandan”ti.
Why don’t you clarify this yourself?”
Imehi ca mayaṁ chahi dhammehi samannāgataṁ āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dhārema.
And we will remember Venerable Ānanda as someone who has these six qualities.

an6.52 Khattiyasutta Aristocrats ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an6.53 Appamādasutta Diligence ekamantaṁ 2 6 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an6.54 Dhammikasutta About Dhammika āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 11 2 En Ru

Yannūna mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ pabbājeyyāmā”ti.
Why don’t we banish Venerable Dhammika?”
Atha kho jātibhūmakā upāsakā yena āyasmā dhammiko tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then the local lay followers went up to Venerable Dhammika and said to him,
Yannūna mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ pabbājeyyāmā”ti.
an6.54
Atha kho jātibhūmakā upāsakā yenāyasmā dhammiko tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ etadavocuṁ:
They said to Venerable Dhammika,
Yannūna mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ pabbājeyyāma sabbaso jātibhūmiyaṁ sattahi āvāsehī”ti.
“Why don’t we banish Venerable Dhammika from all seven monasteries in our native land?”
Atha kho jātibhūmakā upāsakā yenāyasmā dhammiko tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then the local lay followers went up to Venerable Dhammika and said to him,
Anupubbena yena rājagahaṁ gijjhakūṭo pabbato yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Eventually he came to Rājagaha and the Vulture’s Peak. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,
Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, suppatiṭṭhe nigrodharāje adhivatthā devatā dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then the deity haunting the tree stood to one side, miserable and sad, weeping, with a tearful face.
‘kiṁ nu tvaṁ, devate, dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā ekamantaṁ ṭhitā’ti?
‘Why, god, are you standing to one side, miserable and sad, weeping, with a tearful face?’

an6.55 Soṇasutta With Soṇa ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 6 3 En Ru

Āyasmāpi kho soṇo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Soṇa bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ soṇaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ soṇaṁ iminā ovādena ovaditvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ kho—sītavane antarahito gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi.
After advising Soṇa like this, the Buddha, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Cool Grove and reappeared on the Vulture’s Peak.
Atha kho āyasmā soṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Soṇa went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an6.56 Phaggunasutta With Phagguna ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 7 4 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ phaggunaṁ etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him,
Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ phaggunaṁ etadavoca:
and said to Venerable Phagguna:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ phaggunaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Venerable Phagguna with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an6.57 Chaḷabhijātisutta The Six Classes of Rebirth ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an6.59 Dārukammikasutta With Dārukammika ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho dārukammiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho dārukammikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Dārukammika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

an6.60 Hatthisāriputtasutta With Hatthisāriputta āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 6 6 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ cittaṁ hatthisāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita said to Venerable Citta Hatthisāriputta,
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmato cittassa hatthisāriputtassa sahāyakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When he said this, Citta Hatthisāriputta’s companions said to Mahākoṭṭhita,
“māyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ cittaṁ hatthisāriputtaṁ apasādesi, paṇḍito āyasmā citto hatthisāriputto.
“Venerable, please don’t rebuke Citta Hatthisāriputta. He is astute,
Atha kho cittassa hatthisāriputtassa sahāyakā bhikkhū yenāyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then the mendicants who were his companions went up to Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita and said,
Atha kho cittassa hatthisāriputtassa sahāyakā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then the mendicants who were Citta Hatthisāriputta’s companions went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an6.61 Majjhesutta In the Middle ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho therā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then those senior mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho therā bhikkhū yāvatako ahosi sabbeheva saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesuṁ.
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. They asked,

an6.62 Purisindriyañāṇasutta Knowledge of the Faculties of Persons āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 3 11 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then a certain mendicant went up to Venerable Ānanda, and said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

an6.69 Devatāsutta A God ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:
“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca:
“Tonight, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me:

an7.7 Uggasutta With Ugga ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho uggo rājamahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggo rājamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ugga the government minister went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an7.21 Sārandadasutta At Sārandada ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā licchavī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā etadavoca:
Then several Licchavis went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and the Buddha said to these Licchavis:

an7.22 Vassakārasutta With Vassakāra ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo māgadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to him:

an7.32 Appamādagāravasutta Respect for Diligence ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:
“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca:
an7.32

an7.33 Hirigāravasutta Respect for Conscience ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca:
“Mendicants, tonight, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me:

an7.42 Paṭhamaniddasasutta Graduation (1st) ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ.
an7.42

an7.43 Dutiyaniddasasutta Graduation (2nd) ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Kosambī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ.
an7.43

an7.47 Dutiyaaggisutta Fires (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,

an7.50 Methunasutta Sex ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,

an7.52 Dānamahapphalasutta A Very Fruitful Gift āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 9 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā campeyyakā upāsakā yena āyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho campeyyakā upāsakā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several lay followers of Campā went to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho campeyyakā upāsakā āyasmato sāriputtassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.
“Yes, sir” they replied. Then they rose from their seats, bowed to Sāriputta, and respectfully circled him before leaving.
Atha kho campeyyakā upāsakā tadahuposathe yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
Then on the next sabbath the lay followers of Campā went to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, and stood to one side.
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto tehi campeyyakehi upāsakehi saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then they went together with Sāriputta to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Sāriputta said to the Buddha:

an7.53 Nandamātāsutta Nanda’s Mother āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho nandamātā upāsikā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When Sāriputta had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Nanda’s Mother sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nandamātaraṁ upāsikaṁ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:
Sāriputta said to her,

an7.54 Abyākatasutta The Undeclared Points ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an7.56 Tissabrahmāsutta Tissa the Brahmā ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 11 2 En Ru

Atha kho dve devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, two glorious deities, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. One deity said to him,
“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ dve devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, ekā devatā maṁ etadavoca:
an7.56
Addasā kho tisso brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
Tissa saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance,
Disvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him,
Tissopi kho brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Tissa bowed to Moggallāna and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho tissaṁ brahmānaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Moggallāna said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yāvatako ahosi tissena brahmunā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and told him what had happened.

an7.57 Sīhasenāpatisutta General Sīha ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sīho senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then General Sīha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an7.59 Kimilasutta With Kimbila ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an7.61 Pacalāyamānasutta Nodding Off āyasmantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamānaṁ nisinnaṁ.
The Buddha saw him with his clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman.
Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
and said to Mahāmoggallāna,

an7.63 Bhariyāsutta Kinds of Wives ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho sujātā gharasuṇhā bhagavato paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sujātaṁ gharasuṇhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” she replied. She went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her:

an7.70 Sakkaccasutta Honor ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts while on retreat.

an7.83 Satthusāsanasutta The Teacher’s Instructions ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Upāli went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an8.8 Uttaravipattisutta Uttara on Failure āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 3 En Ru

Atha kho sakko devānamindo yenāyasmā uttaro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ uttaraṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṁ uttaraṁ etadavoca:
Then Sakka went up to Venerable Uttara, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:

an8.10 Kāraṇḍavasutta Trash ekamantaṁ 2 10 En Ru

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahato dhaññarāsissa phuṇamānassa tattha yāni tāni dhaññāni daḷhāni sāravantāni tāni ekamantaṁ puñjaṁ hoti, yāni pana tāni dhaññāni dubbalāni palāpāni tāni vāto ekamantaṁ apavahati.
Suppose that a large heap of grain is being winnowed. The grains that are firm and substantial form a heap on one side. And the grains that are flimsy and insubstantial are blown over to the other side. phuṇamānassa → pūyamānassa (bj); vuyhamānassa (si); phusayamānassa (sya-all); vuvahyamānassa (pts1ed); punamānassa (?) | apavahati → apakassati (bj)

an8.11 Verañjasutta At Verañjā ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: sāraṇīyaṁ → sārāṇīyaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)

an8.12 Sīhasutta With Sīha ekamantaṁ 4 1 En Ru

Atha kho sīho senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then General Sīha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Atha kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Sīha sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sīhaṁ senāpatiṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left. "

an8.19 Pahārādasutta With Pahārāda ekamantaṁ 2 8 En Ru

Atha kho pahārādo asurindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho pahārādaṁ asurindaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Pahārāda, lord of titans, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to him,

an8.20 Uposathasutta Sabbath paṭicchannakammantaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ dussīlaṁ pāpadhammaṁ asuciṁ saṅkassarasamācāraṁ paṭicchannakammantaṁ assamaṇaṁ samaṇapaṭiññaṁ abrahmacāriṁ brahmacāripaṭiññaṁ antopūtiṁ avassutaṁ kasambujātaṁ majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinnaṁ;
He saw that unethical person, of bad qualities, filthy, with suspicious behavior, underhand, no true ascetic or spiritual practitioner—though claiming to be one—rotten inside, corrupt, and depraved, sitting in the middle of the Saṅgha.

an8.21 Paṭhamauggasutta With Ugga of Vesālī ekamantaṁ 4 1 En Ru

Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho uggaṁ gahapatiṁ vesālikaṁ so bhikkhu etadavoca:
Then Ugga of Vesālī went up to that mendicant, bowed, and sat down to one side. The mendicant said to him:
Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā vesālikena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Ugga of Vesālī. The Buddha said:

an8.22 Dutiyauggasutta With Ugga of Elephant Village ekamantaṁ 4 1 En Ru

Atha kho uggo gahapati hatthigāmako yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho uggaṁ gahapatiṁ hatthigāmakaṁ so bhikkhu etadavoca:
Then Ugga of Elephant Village went up to that mendicant, bowed, and sat down to one side. The mendicant said to him:
Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā hatthigāmakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Ugga of Elephant Village. The Buddha said:

an8.23 Paṭhamahatthakasutta With Hatthaka (1st) ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho hatthako āḷavako yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ so bhikkhu etadavoca:
Then Hatthaka went up to that mendicant, bowed, and sat down to one side. The mendicant said to Hatthaka:
Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him of what he had discussed with the householder Hatthaka. The Buddha said:
Atha kho, bhante, hatthako āḷavako yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
an8.23
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ etadavacaṁ:
an8.23

an8.24 Dutiyahatthakasutta With Hatthaka (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho hatthako āḷavako pañcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Hatthaka of Āḷavī, escorted by around five hundred lay followers, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to Hatthaka:

an8.25 Mahānāmasutta With Mahānāma ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an8.26 Jīvakasutta With Jīvaka ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Jīvaka Komārabhacca went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an8.28 Dutiyabalasutta Powers (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an8.30 Anuruddhamahāvitakkasutta Anuruddha and the Great Thoughts ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 4 7 En Ru

Āyasmāpi kho anuruddho bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Anuruddha bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ iminā ovādena ovaditvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—cetīsu pācīnavaṁsadāye antarahito bhaggesu susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye pāturahosīti.
After advising Anuruddha like this, the Buddha—as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Eastern Bamboo Park in the land of the Cetīs and reappeared in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood in the land of the Bhaggas.

an8.43 Visākhāsutta With Visākhā on the Sabbath ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho visākhā migāramātā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho visākhaṁ migāramātaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Visākhā, Migāra’s mother, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her:

an8.44 Vāseṭṭhasutta With Vāseṭṭha on the Sabbath ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho vāseṭṭho upāsako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho vāseṭṭhaṁ upāsakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the layman Vāseṭṭha went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an8.45 Bojjhasutta With Bojjhā on the Sabbath ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho bojjhā upāsikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho bojjhaṁ upāsikaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the laywoman Bojjhā went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her:

an8.46 Anuruddhasutta Anuruddha and the Agreeable Deities āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 8 2 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā manāpakāyikā devatā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several deities of the Lovable Host went up to Venerable Anuruddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Anuruddha came out of retreat and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:
Atha kho, bhante, sambahulā manāpakāyikā devatā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhante, tā devatā maṁ etadavocuṁ:
an8.46

an8.47 Dutiyavisākhāsutta With Visākhā on the Lovable Gods ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho visākhaṁ migāramātaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to her:

an8.48 Nakulamātāsutta With Nakula’s Mother on the Lovable Gods ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho nakulamātā gahapatānī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe…. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nakulamātaraṁ gahapatāniṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the housewife Nakula’s mother went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her:

an8.49 Paṭhamaidhalokikasutta Winning in This Life (1st) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho visākhaṁ migāramātaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to her:

an8.51 Gotamīsutta With Gotamī ekamantaṁ 6 5 En Ru

Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him: mahāpajāpatī → mahāpajāpati (sya-all)
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

an8.52 Ovādasutta An Adviser for Nuns ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

an8.53 Saṅkhittasutta Brief Advice to Gotamī ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:

an8.54 Dīghajāṇusutta With Dīghajāṇu ekamantaṁ 2 3 En Ru

Atha kho dīghajāṇu koliyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho dīghajāṇu koliyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Dīghajāṇu the Koliyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

an8.55 Ujjayasutta With Ujjaya ekamantaṁ 2 3 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an8.63 Saṅkhittasutta A Teaching in Brief ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an8.70 Bhūmicālasutta Earthquakes āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,
Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When he was seated he said to Venerable Ānanda:
tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
And for a third time, the Buddha said to him:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an8.82 Puṇṇiyasutta With Puṇṇiya ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Puṇṇiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an8.86 Yasasutta With Nāgita āyasmantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nāgitaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Nāgita,
‘idāni imaṁ āyasmantaṁ ārāmiko vā upaṭṭhahissati samaṇuddeso vā. Taṁ tamhā samādhimhā cāvessatī’ti.
‘Now a monastery worker, a novice, or a fellow practitioner will make this venerable fall from immersion.’ imaṁ → idānimaṁ (katthaci) | upaṭṭhahissati → paccessati (bj); saccessati (pts1ed); upaṭṭhahati (mr) | Taṁ tamhā → so taṁ tamhā (?)

an9.2 Nissayasutta Supported ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an9.3 Meghiyasutta With Meghiya ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding,
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

an9.4 Nandakasutta With Nandaka āyasmantaṁ 3 2 En Ru

Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ etadavoca:
He said to Nandaka,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ sārajjamānarūpaṁ viditvā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ etadavoca:
Then the Buddha, knowing that Nandaka was embarrassed, said to him,

an9.7 Sutavāsutta With Sutavā the Wanderer ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sutavā paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an9.8 Sajjhasutta With the Wanderer Sajjha ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sajjho paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an9.11 Sīhanādasutta Sāriputta’s Lion’s Roar ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 8 9 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Sāriputta and said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“accayo maṁ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yo ahaṁ āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhiṁ.
“I have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me to speak ill of Venerable Sāriputta with a false, hollow, lying, untruthful claim.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta,

an9.12 Saupādisesasutta With Something Left Over ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ.
an9.12

an9.13 Koṭṭhikasutta With Koṭṭhita ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Sāriputta:

an9.14 Samiddhisutta With Samiddhi āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā samiddhi yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ samiddhiṁ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:
Then Venerable Samiddhi went up to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, and sat to one side. Venerable Sāriputta said to him:

an9.19 Devatāsutta A Deity ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

“Imañca, bhikkhave, rattiṁ sambahulā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṁ etadavocuṁ:
“Mendicants, tonight, several glorious deities, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me:

an9.20 Velāmasutta About Velāma ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

an9.26 Silāyūpasutta The Simile of the Stone Pillar āyasmantaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ candikāputtaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to him,
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ candikāputtaṁ etadavoca:
an9.26
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ candikāputtaṁ etadavoca:
And for a third time, Sāriputta said to him,

an9.27 Paṭhamaverasutta Dangers and Threats (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an9.34 Nibbānasukhasutta Extinguishment is Bliss āyasmantaṁ 1 8 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Udāyī said to him,

an9.37 Ānandasutta By Ānanda āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Udāyī said to Venerable Ānanda:
Atha kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī maṁ etadavoca:
Then the nun Jaṭilagāhikā came up to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me: jaṭilavāsikā → jaṭilagāhiyā (bj); jaṭilabhāgikā (sya-all); jaṭilāgāhiyā (pts1ed)

an9.38 Lokāyatikasutta Brahmin Cosmologists ekamantaṁ 2 3 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an9.41 Tapussasutta With the Householder Tapussa āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 7 8 En Ru

Uruvelakappe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho tapusso gahapati yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho tapusso gahapati āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
The householder Tapussa went up to Venerable Ānanda, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando tapussena gahapatinā saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ānanda together with Tapussa went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Ānanda told him what had happened.

an9.42 Sambādhasutta Cramped ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda,

an10.1 Kimatthiyasutta What’s the Purpose? ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an10.6 Samādhisutta Immersion ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an10.7 Sāriputtasutta Sāriputta ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Sāriputta:

an10.22 Adhivuttipadasutta Hypotheses ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an10.23 Kāyasutta Body āyasmantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

‘nāyamāyasmā tathā pajānāti yathā pajānato lobho na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ lobho abhibhuyya iriyati;
‘This venerable does not have the understanding that would eliminate greed, so greed masters them and keeps going.
pāpikā icchā na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ pāpikā icchā abhibhuyya iriyatī’ti.
or corrupt wishes, so corrupt wishes master them and keep going.’
‘tathā ayamāyasmā pajānāti yathā pajānato lobho na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ lobho nābhibhuyya iriyati;
‘This venerable has the understanding that eliminates greed, so greed doesn’t master them and keep going.
pāpikā icchā na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ pāpikā icchā nābhibhuyya iriyatī’”ti.
and corrupt wishes, so corrupt wishes don’t master them and keep going.’” "

an10.24 Mahācundasutta By Mahācunda āyasmantaṁ 16 2 En Ru

‘nāyamāyasmā tathā pajānāti yathā pajānato lobho na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ lobho abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati;
‘This venerable does not have the understanding that would eliminate greed, so greed masters them and keeps going.
pāpikā icchā na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ pāpikā icchā abhibhuyya tiṭṭhatī’ti.
or corrupt wishes, so corrupt wishes master them and keep going.’
‘nāyamāyasmā tathā pajānāti yathā pajānato lobho na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ lobho abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati;
‘This venerable does not have the understanding that would eliminate greed, so greed masters them and keeps going.
pāpikā icchā na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ pāpikā icchā abhibhuyya tiṭṭhatī’ti.
or corrupt wishes, so corrupt wishes master them and keep going.’
‘nāyamāyasmā tathā pajānāti yathā pajānato lobho na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ lobho abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati;
‘This venerable does not have the understanding that would eliminate greed, so greed masters them and keeps going.
pāpikā icchā na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ pāpikā icchā abhibhuyya tiṭṭhatī’ti.
or corrupt wishes, so corrupt wishes master them and keep going.’
‘nāyamāyasmā tathā pajānāti yathā pajānato lobho na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ lobho abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati;
‘This venerable does not have the understanding that would eliminate greed, so greed masters them and keeps going.
pāpikā icchā na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ pāpikā icchā abhibhuyya tiṭṭhatī’ti.
or corrupt wishes, so corrupt wishes master them and keep going.’
‘ayamāyasmā tathā pajānāti yathā pajānato lobho na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ lobho nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhati;
‘This venerable has the understanding that eliminates greed, so greed doesn’t master them and keep going.
pāpikā icchā na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ pāpikā icchā nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhatī’ti.
and corrupt wishes, so corrupt wishes don’t master them and keep going.’
‘tathā ayamāyasmā pajānāti yathā pajānato lobho na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ lobho nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhati;
‘This venerable has the understanding that eliminates greed, so greed doesn’t master them and keep going.
pāpikā icchā na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ pāpikā icchā nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhatī’ti.
and corrupt wishes, so corrupt wishes don’t master them and keep going.’
‘tathā ayamāyasmā pajānāti yathā pajānato lobho na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ lobho nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhati;
‘This venerable has the understanding that eliminates greed, so greed doesn’t master them and keep going.
pāpikā icchā na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ pāpikā icchā nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhatī’ti.
and corrupt wishes, so corrupt wishes don’t master them and keep going.’
‘tathā ayamāyasmā pajānāti yathā pajānato lobho na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ lobho nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhati;
‘This venerable has the understanding that eliminates greed, so greed doesn’t master them and keep going.
pāpikā icchā na hoti, tathāhimaṁ āyasmantaṁ pāpikā icchā nābhibhuyya tiṭṭhatī’”ti.
and corrupt wishes, so corrupt wishes don’t master them and keep going.’” "

an10.26 Kāḷīsutta With Kāḷī āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho kāḷī upāsikā kuraragharikā yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kāḷī upāsikā kuraragharikā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:
Then the laywoman Kāḷī of Kurughara went up to Venerable Mahākaccāna, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an10.27 Paṭhamamahāpañhāsutta The Great Questions (1st) ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. The wanderers said to them:
Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdimhā. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho, bhante, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā amhe etadavocuṁ:
an10.27

an10.28 Dutiyamahāpañhāsutta The Great Questions (2nd) ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā kajaṅgalakā upāsakā yena kajaṅgalikā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā kajaṅgalikaṁ bhikkhuniṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kajaṅgalakā upāsakā kajaṅgalikaṁ bhikkhuniṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several lay followers of Kajaṅgalā went to the nun Kajaṅgalikā, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to her:
“Evaṁ, ayye”ti kho kajaṅgalakā upāsakā kajaṅgalikāya kho bhikkhuniyā bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā kajaṅgalikaṁ bhikkhuniṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
“Yes, ma’am,” replied those lay followers, approving and agreeing with what the nun Kajaṅgalikā said. Then they got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled her, keeping her on their right. Then they went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kajaṅgalakā upāsakā yāvatako ahosi kajaṅgalikāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesuṁ.
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.

an10.31 Upālisutta With Upāli ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Upāli went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an10.39 Paṭhamaānandasutta With Ānanda (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

an10.41 Vivādasutta Arguments ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Upāli went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an10.46 Sakkasutta With the Sakyans ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā sakkā upāsakā tadahuposathe yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho sakke upāsake bhagavā etadavoca:
Then on the sabbath several Sakyan lay followers went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them: sakkā → sakyā (bj)

an10.47 Mahālisutta With Mahāli ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahāli licchavi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahāli licchavi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahāli the Licchavi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an10.55 Parihānasutta Decline vatāyasmantaṁyeva 1 3 En Ru

Sādhu vatāyasmantaṁyeva sāriputtaṁ paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho.
May Venerable Sāriputta himself please clarify the meaning of this.

an10.60 Girimānandasutta With Girimānanda ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an10.65 Paṭhamasukhasutta Happiness (1st) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sāmaṇḍakāni paribbājako āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sāmaṇḍakāni sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:

an10.66 Dutiyasukhasutta Happiness (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sāmaṇḍakāni paribbājako āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sāmaṇḍakāni sat down to one side and said to Sāriputta:

an10.67 Paṭhamanaḷakapānasutta At Naḷakapāna (1st) āyasmantaṁ 2 4 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā bahudeva rattiṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā tuṇhībhūtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ anuviloketvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk. Then he looked around the Saṅgha of mendicants, who were so very silent. He addressed Venerable Sāriputta:
Atha kho bhagavā paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha got up and said to Venerable Sāriputta:

an10.68 Dutiyanaḷakapānasutta At Naḷakapāna (2nd) āyasmantaṁ 2 4 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā bahudeva rattiṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā tuṇhībhūtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ anuviloketvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk. Then he looked around the Saṅgha of mendicants, who were so very silent. He addressed Venerable Sāriputta,
Atha kho bhagavā paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha got up and said to Venerable Sāriputta:

an10.75 Migasālāsutta With Migasālā āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 8 0 En Ru

Atha kho migasālā upāsikā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho migasālā upāsikā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then the laywoman Migasālā went up to Ānanda, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, Ānanda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
Atha kho, bhante, migasālā upāsikā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho, bhante, migasālā upāsikā maṁ etadavoca:
an10.75

an10.81 Vāhanasutta With Bāhuna ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā vāhano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā vāhano bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Bāhuna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: vāhano → bāhuno (bj, pts1ed); vāhuno (sya-all) "

an10.82 Ānandasutta With Ānanda ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an10.83 Puṇṇiyasutta With Puṇṇiya ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Puṇṇiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an10.89 Kokālikasutta With Kokālika ekamantaṁ 6 10 En Ru

Atha kho kokāliko bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kokāliko bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the mendicant Kokālika went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, the beautiful Brahmā Sahampati, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati maṁ etadavoca:
an10.89

an10.90 Khīṇāsavabalasutta The Powers of One Who has Ended Defilements ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an10.91 Kāmabhogīsutta Pleasure Seekers ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Seated to one side, the Buddha said to the householder Anāthapiṇḍika:

an10.92 Bhayasutta Dangers ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an10.93 Kiṁdiṭṭhikasutta What Is Your View? ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. The wanderers said to him,
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati te paribbājake tuṇhībhūte maṅkubhūte pattakkhandhe adhomukhe pajjhāyante appaṭibhāne viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yāvatako ahosi tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
Seeing this, Anāthapiṇḍika got up from his seat. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.

an10.94 Vajjiyamāhitasutta With Vajjiyamāhita ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho vajjiyamāhitaṁ gahapatiṁ te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. The wanderers said to him:
Atha kho vajjiyamāhito gahapati te paribbājake tuṇhībhūte maṅkubhūte pattakkhandhe adhomukhe pajjhāyante appaṭibhāne viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Seeing this, Vajjiyamāhita got up from his seat. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vajjiyamāhito gahapati yāvatako ahosi tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.

an10.95 Uttiyasutta With Uttiya ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uttiyo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,

an10.96 Kokanudasutta With Kokanada āyasmantaṁ panāyasmantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Addasā kho kokanudo paribbājako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
He saw Ānanda coming off in the distance kokanudo → kokanado (bj)
Disvāna āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him,
“Puccheyyāma mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ kiñcideva desaṁ, sace āyasmā okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti.
“I’d like to ask the venerable about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.”
“Ko nāmo āyasmā, kathañca panāyasmantaṁ sabrahmacārī jānantī”ti?
“What is the venerable’s name? And how are you known among your spiritual companions?”

an10.99 Upālisutta With Upāli ekamantaṁ 2 3 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Upāli went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

an10.111 Paṭhamaasekhasutta An Adept (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an10.115 Tatiyaadhammasutta Bad Principles (3rd) āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 9 1 En Ru

Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma.
Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter. paṭipuccheyyāma → puccheyyāma (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. They told him what had happened, and said,
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma.
an10.115
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
“Yes, reverend,” said those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Ānanda said. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then they said:
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma.
an10.115
Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamimhā; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ apucchimhā.
“Sir, we went to Ānanda and asked him about this matter.

an10.116 Ajitasutta With Ajita ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ajito paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,

an10.117 Saṅgāravasutta With Saṅgārava ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an10.119 Paṭhamapaccorohaṇīsutta The Ceremony of Descent (1st) ekamantaṁ micchākammantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya bhagavato avidūre ekamantaṁ ṭhito hoti.
Now, at that time it was the sabbath. The brahmin Jānussoṇi had bathed his head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes. Holding a handful of fresh grass, he stood to one side not far from the Buddha. jāṇussoṇi → jānussoni (si); jānussoṇi (si); jāṇusoṇi (mr) | sīsaṁnhāto → sīsaṁnahāto (bj, pts1ed); sīsanhāto (sya-all)
Addasā kho bhagavā jāṇussoṇiṁ brāhmaṇaṁ tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātaṁ navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthaṁ allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ.
The Buddha saw him,
“kiṁ nu tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhito?
“Brahmin, why have you bathed your head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes? Why are you standing to one side holding a handful of fresh grass?
So iti paṭisaṅkhāya micchākammantaṁ pajahati;
Reflecting like this, they give up wrong action,

an10.167 Brāhmaṇapaccorohaṇīsutta The Brahmin Ceremony of Descent ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya bhagavato avidūre ekamantaṁ ṭhito hoti.
Now, at that time it was the sabbath. The brahmin Jānussoṇi had bathed his head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes. Holding a handful of fresh grass, he stood to one side not far from the Buddha.
Addasā kho bhagavā jāṇussoṇiṁ brāhmaṇaṁ tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātaṁ navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthaṁ allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ.
The Buddha saw him,
“kiṁ nu tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhito?
“Brahmin, why have you bathed your head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes? Why are you standing to one side holding a handful of fresh grass?

an10.169 Saṅgāravasutta With Saṅgārava ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an10.172 Dutiyaadhammasutta Bad Principles (2nd) āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 9 1 En Ru

Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ puccheyyāma.
Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. They told him what had happened, and said,
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma.
an10.172
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
“Yes, reverend,” said those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Mahākaccāna said. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then they said:
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma.
an10.172
Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkamimhā; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ apucchimhā.
“Sir, we went to Mahākaccāna and asked him about this matter.

an10.176 Cundasutta With Cunda ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Cunda the smith went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

an10.177 Jāṇussoṇisutta With Jānussoṇi ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,

an10.220 Adhammacariyāsutta Unprincipled Conduct ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

an11.1 Kimatthiyasutta What’s the Purpose? ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an11.7 Saññāsutta Percipient ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 1 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Sāriputta:

an11.8 Manasikārasutta Focus ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an11.9 Saddhasutta With Sandha ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā saddho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ saddhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Sandha went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

an11.11 Paṭhamamahānāmasutta With Mahānāma (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an11.12 Dutiyamahānāmasutta With Mahānāma (2nd) ekamantaṁ kammantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Imaṁ kho tvaṁ, mahānāma, buddhānussatiṁ gacchantopi bhāveyyāsi, ṭhitopi bhāveyyāsi, nisinnopi bhāveyyāsi, sayānopi bhāveyyāsi, kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhahantopi bhāveyyāsi, puttasambādhasayanaṁ ajjhāvasantopi bhāveyyāsi.
You should develop this recollection of the Buddha while walking, standing, sitting, lying down, while working, and while at home with your children.
Imaṁ kho tvaṁ, mahānāma, devatānussatiṁ gacchantopi bhāveyyāsi, ṭhitopi bhāveyyāsi, nisinnopi bhāveyyāsi, sayānopi bhāveyyāsi, kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhahantopi bhāveyyāsi, puttasambādhasayanaṁ ajjhāvasantopi bhāveyyāsī”ti.
You should develop this recollection of the deities while walking, standing, sitting, lying down, while working, and while at home with your children.” "

an11.13 Nandiyasutta With Nandiya ekamantaṁ 2 3 En Ru

Atha kho nandiyo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nandiyo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an11.14 Subhūtisutta With Subhūti ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā subhūti saddhena bhikkhunā saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ subhūtiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
And then Venerable Subhūti together with the mendicant Saddha went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

an11.16 Aṭṭhakanāgarasutta The Man From the City of Aṭṭhaka āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 6 2 En Ru

Dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ, bhante, āyasmantaṁ ānandan”ti.
For I want to see him.”
Atha kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro pāṭaliputte taṁ karaṇīyaṁ tīretvā yena vesālī beluvagāmako yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Dasama, having concluded his business there, went to the little village of Beluva in Vesālī to see Ānanda. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to Ānanda:
Evaṁ vutte dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, the householder Dasama said to Venerable Ānanda:

an11.18 Paṭhamasamādhisutta Immersion (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
And then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

an11.20 Tatiyasamādhisutta Immersion (3rd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to him:

an11.21 Catutthasamādhisutta Immersion (4th) vatāyasmantaṁyeva 1 0 En Ru

Sādhu vatāyasmantaṁyeva sāriputtaṁ paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho.
May Venerable Sāriputta himself please clarify the meaning of this.

dn2 Sāmaññaphalasutta The Fruits of the Ascetic Life ekamantaṁmantaṁ 18 36 En Ru

Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then the king went up to the Buddha and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto tuṇhībhūtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ anuviloketvā rahadamiva vippasannaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:
He looked around the Saṅgha of mendicants, who were so very silent, like a still, clear lake, and expressed this heartfelt sentiment,
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā, bhikkhusaṅghassa añjaliṁ paṇāmetvā, ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then the king bowed to the Buddha, raised his joined palms toward the Saṅgha, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
He said to the Buddha,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, pūraṇaṁ kassapaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, makkhaliṁ gosālaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, ajitaṁ kesakambalaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, pakudhaṁ kaccāyanaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, sañcayaṁ belaṭṭhaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
So aparena samayena taṁ kantāraṁ nitthareyya sotthinā, gāmantaṁ anupāpuṇeyya khemaṁ appaṭibhayaṁ.
But after some time they crossed over the desert safely, arriving within a village, a sanctuary free of peril.
Somhi etarahi taṁ kantāraṁ nitthiṇṇo sotthinā, gāmantaṁ anuppatto khemaṁ appaṭibhayan’ti.
dn2

dn3 Ambaṭṭhasutta With Ambaṭṭha ekamantaṁ gāmasāmantaṁ nigamasāmantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ 13 7 En Ru

Pāvisi ambaṭṭho māṇavo. Māṇavakāpi pavisitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Ambaṭṭha and the other students entered the dwelling. The other students exchanged greetings with the Buddha, and when the greetings and polite conversation were over, sat down to one side.
Puna caparaṁ, ambaṭṭha, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā imañceva anuttaraṁ vijjācaraṇasampadaṁ anabhisambhuṇamāno pavattaphalabhojanatañca anabhisambhuṇamāno kandamūlaphalabhojanatañca anabhisambhuṇamāno gāmasāmantaṁ vā nigamasāmantaṁ vā agyāgāraṁ karitvā aggiṁ paricaranto acchati.
Furthermore, take some ascetic or brahmin who, not managing to obtain this supreme knowledge and conduct, or to get by eating fallen fruit, or to get by eating tubers and fruit, sets up a fire chamber in the neighborhood of a village or town and dwells there serving the sacred flame.
api nu tvaṁ imañceva anuttaraṁ vijjācaraṇasampadaṁ anabhisambhuṇamāno pavattaphalabhojanatañca anabhisambhuṇamāno kandamūlaphalabhojanatañca anabhisambhuṇamāno gāmasāmantaṁ vā nigamasāmantaṁ vā agyāgāraṁ karitvā aggiṁ paricaranto acchasi sācariyako”ti?
Have you with your tradition … set up a fire chamber in the neighborhood of a village or town and dwelt there serving the sacred flame?”
So tamhā padesā apakkamma ekamantaṁ tiṭṭheyya.
And suppose he’d get down from that place and stand aside.
Atha kho ambaṭṭho māṇavo bhagavantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ anucaṅkamamāno bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.
Then while walking beside the Buddha, Ambaṭṭha scrutinized his body for the thirty-two marks of a great man.
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā brāhmaṇaṁ pokkharasātiṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ambaṭṭhaṁ māṇavaṁ brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti etadavoca:
He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the brahmin Pokkharasādi on foot. He bowed and sat down to one side, and Pokkharasādi said to him:
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and entered the monastery on foot. He went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,
Atha kho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Pokkharasādi took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—
Then the Buddha taught him step by step, with

dn4 Soṇadaṇḍasutta With Soṇadaṇḍa ekamantaṁ 8 3 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Campeyyakāpi kho brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu; sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Before sitting down to one side, some of the brahmins and householders of Campā bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.
Atha kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Soṇadaṇḍa took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:

dn5 Kūṭadantasutta With Kūṭadanta ekamantaṁ 10 2 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Khāṇumatakāpi kho brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Before sitting down to one side, some of the brahmins and householders of Khāṇumata bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kūṭadanto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Kūṭadanta said to the Buddha,
Te raññā paṭikkhittā ekamantaṁ apakkamma evaṁ samacintesuṁ:
When the king turned them down, they withdrew to one side to think up a plan,
Atha kho kūṭadanto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Kūṭadanta took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho kūṭadantaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left. "

dn6 Mahālisutta With Mahāli āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 18 0 En Ru

Atha kho te kosalakā ca brāhmaṇadūtā māgadhakā ca brāhmaṇadūtā yenāyasmā nāgito tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ nāgitaṁ etadavocuṁ:
The brahmin emissaries went up to him and said,
Atha kho te kosalakā ca brāhmaṇadūtā māgadhakā ca brāhmaṇadūtā tattheva ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu:
So right there the brahmin emissaries sat down to one side, thinking,
Oṭṭhaddhopi licchavī mahatiyā licchavīparisāya saddhiṁ yena mahāvanaṁ kūṭāgārasālā yenāyasmā nāgito tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ nāgitaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho oṭṭhaddhopi licchavī āyasmantaṁ nāgitaṁ etadavoca:
Oṭṭhaddha the Licchavi together with a large assembly of Licchavis also approached Nāgita at the hall with the peaked roof. He bowed, stood to one side, and said to Nāgita,
Oṭṭhaddhopi licchavī tattheva ekamantaṁ nisīdi:
So right there Oṭṭhaddha also sat down to one side, thinking,
Atha kho sīho samaṇuddeso yenāyasmā nāgito tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ nāgitaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sīho samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṁ nāgitaṁ etadavoca:
Then the novice Sīha approached Nāgita. He bowed, stood to one side, and said to Nāgita,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho sīho samaṇuddeso āyasmato nāgitassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sīho samaṇuddeso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” replied Sīha. He went to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and told him of the people waiting to see him, adding:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side.
Oṭṭhaddhopi licchavī mahatiyā licchavīparisāya saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho oṭṭhaddho licchavī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “purimāni, bhante, divasāni purimatarāni sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ etadavoca:
Oṭṭhaddha the Licchavi together with a large assembly of Licchavis also went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Oṭṭhaddha said to the Buddha, “Sir, a few days ago Sunakkhatta the Licchavi came to me and said:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho te dve pabbajitā maṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they stood to one side and said to me:

dn7 Jāliyasutta With Jāliya ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho te dve pabbajitā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they stood to one side and said to the Buddha,

dn8 Mahāsīhanādasutta The Lion’s Roar to the Naked Ascetic Kassapa ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side, and said to the Buddha:

dn9 Poṭṭhapādasutta With Poṭṭhapāda ekamantaṁ 5 7 En Ru

Poṭṭhapādopi kho paribbājako aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
while Poṭṭhapāda took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho poṭṭhapādaṁ paribbājakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him,
Atha kho dvīhatīhassa accayena citto ca hatthisāriputto poṭṭhapādo ca paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā citto hatthisāriputto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then after two or three days had passed, Citta Hatthisāriputta and Poṭṭhapāda went to see the Buddha. Citta Hatthisāriputta bowed and sat down to one side.
Poṭṭhapādo pana paribbājako bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
But the wanderer Poṭṭhapāda exchanged greetings with the Buddha, and when the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho poṭṭhapādo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Poṭṭhapāda told the Buddha what had happened after he left. The Buddha said:

dn10 Subhasutta With Subha ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁmantaṁ 8 25 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so māṇavako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda:
So aparena samayena taṁ kantāraṁ nitthareyya, sotthinā gāmantaṁ anupāpuṇeyya khemaṁ appaṭibhayaṁ.
But after some time they crossed over the desert safely, arriving within a village, a sanctuary free of peril.
Somhi etarahi taṁ kantāraṁ nitthiṇṇo, sotthinā gāmantaṁ anuppatto khemaṁ appaṭibhayan’ti.
etarahi taṁ kantāraṁ → etarahi kantāraṁ (csp1ed)

dn11 Kevaṭṭasutta With Kevaḍḍha ekamantaṁ kamantaṁ 6 9 En Ru

Atha kho kevaṭṭo gahapatiputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kevaṭṭo gahapatiputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Kevaḍḍha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Tamenaṁ aññataro saddho pasanno passati taṁ bhikkhuṁ anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhontaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hontaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hontaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānaṁ gacchantaṁ seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karontaṁ seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchantaṁ seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamantaṁ seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁ mahiddhike evaṁ mahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasantaṁ parimajjantaṁ yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattentaṁ.
Then someone with faith and confidence sees that mendicant performing those superhuman feats.
Atha kho so, kevaṭṭa, mahābrahmā taṁ bhikkhuṁ bāhāyaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ apanetvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca:
Then the Great Brahmā took that mendicant by the arm, led him off to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho so, kevaṭṭa, bhikkhu maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi, ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, kevaṭṭa, so bhikkhu maṁ etadavoca:
Then he bowed, sat down to one side, and said to me,

dn12 Lohiccasutta With Lohicca ekamantaṁ 6 10 En Ru

“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho rosikā nhāpito lohiccassa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rosikā nhāpito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” Rosika replied. He did as he was asked, and Evaṁ, bho”ti → evaṁ bhanteti (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho rosikā nhāpito lohiccassa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
“Yes, sir,” Rosika replied. He did as he was asked.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho rosikā nhāpito bhagavato kālaṁ ārocesi:
dn12
Atha kho lohicco brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Lohicca took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho lohiccaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him,

dn13 Tevijjasutta Experts in the Three Vedas ekamantaṁ 2 11 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and Vāseṭṭha told him of their conversation, adding:

dn14 Mahāpadānasutta The Great Discourse on Traces Left Behind bandhumantaṁ ekamantaṁ 14 18 En Ru

Addasaṁsu kho, bhikkhave, nemittā brāhmaṇā vipassiṁ kumāraṁ, disvā bandhumantaṁ rājānaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When they had examined him they said to the king,
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
They went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha Vipassī on foot. They bowed and sat down to one side. pattikāva → pattikā (sya-all, km)
Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahājanakāyo caturāsītipāṇasahassāni bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā nikkhamitvā yena khemo migadāyo yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then those 84,000 people left Bandhumatī for the deer park named Sanctuary, where they approached the Buddha Vipassī, bowed and sat down to one side.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, tāni caturāsītipabbajitasahassāni yena bandhumatī rājadhānī yena khemo migadāyo yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then they too went to see the Buddha Vipassī, realized the Dhamma, went forth, and became freed from defilements.
Tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, devanikāye anekāni devatāsahassāni anekāni devatāsatasahassāni yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṁ etadavocuṁ:
In that order of gods, many thousands, many hundreds of thousands of deities approached me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me,
Tasmiṁyeva kho, bhikkhave, devanikāye anekāni devatāsahassāni anekāni devatāsatasahassāni yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṁ etadavocuṁ:
In that order of gods, many thousands, many hundreds of thousands of deities approached me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me,
Atha khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, avihehi ca devehi atappehi ca devehi sudassehi ca devehi saddhiṁ yena sudassī devā tenupasaṅkamiṁ. Atha khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, avihehi ca devehi atappehi ca devehi sudassehi ca devehi sudassīhi ca devehi saddhiṁ yena akaniṭṭhā devā tenupasaṅkamiṁ. Tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, devanikāye anekāni devatāsahassāni anekāni devatāsatasahassāni yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṁ etadavocuṁ:
and the Fair Seeing Gods. Then together with all these gods I went to see the Gods of Akaniṭṭha, where we had a similar conversation.
Tasmiṁyeva kho, bhikkhave, devanikāye anekāni devatāsahassāni anekāni devatāsatasahassāni yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṁ etadavocuṁ:
dn14
Tasmiṁyeva kho, bhikkhave, devanikāye anekāni devatāsahassāni anekāni devatāsatasahassāni yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṁ etadavocuṁ:
dn14

dn15 Mahānidānasutta The Great Discourse on Causation ekamantaṁ 2 5 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

dn16 Mahāparinibbānasutta The Great Discourse on the Buddha’s Extinguishment ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ pāpimantaṁ 98 14 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to him,
Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Soon after he had left, the Buddha said to Ānanda,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He did what the Buddha asked. Then he went back, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When the Buddha had stayed in Rājagaha as long as he pleased, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When the Buddha had stayed in Ambalaṭṭhikā as long as he pleased, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When the Buddha had stayed in Nāḷandā as long as he pleased, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
So they went to see him, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ āvasathāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the lay followers of Pāṭali Village got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the guest house, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed a lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and told him of their preparations, saying: sabbasanthariṁ → sabbasantharitaṁ santhataṁ (sya-all, km); sabbasanthariṁ santhataṁ (mr)
Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
The Buddha rose at the crack of dawn and addressed Ānanda,
sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu, ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they stood to one side and said,
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Sunidha and Vassakāra took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
The Buddha expressed his appreciation with these verses:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When the Buddha had stayed in the village of Koṭi as long as he pleased, he said to Ānanda,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When the Buddha had stayed in Ñātika as long as he pleased, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
She went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha on foot. She bowed and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ambapāliṁ gaṇikaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired her with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
The Licchavis went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha on foot. They bowed to the Buddha, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
and the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hands and bowl, Ambapālī took a low seat, sat to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to the Buddha,
Atha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When the Buddha had stayed in Ambapālī’s mango grove as long as he pleased, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Ānanda:
Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Ānanda bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him:
tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
And for a third time, the Buddha said to Ānanda:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha got up and said to Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
And then, not long after Ānanda had left, Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha, stood to one side, and said to him:
Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavoca:
When this was said, the Buddha said to Māra,
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi,
bowed, sat down to one side,
ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him,
Atha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṁ etadavoca:
Then Māra the wicked approached me, stood to one side, and said:
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, ānanda, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he had spoken, I said to Māra:
Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṁ etadavoca:
Today, just now at the Cāpāla shrine Māra the Wicked approached me once more with the same request, reminding me of my former statement, and saying that those conditions had been fulfilled.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, ānanda, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he had spoken, I said to Māra:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ yena mahāvanaṁ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
So the Buddha went with Ānanda to the hall with the peaked roof, and said to him,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He did what the Buddha asked, went up to him, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
Vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṁ vesāliṁ apaloketvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he turned to gaze back at Vesālī, the way that elephants do. He said to Venerable Ānanda:
Atha kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When the Buddha had stayed in Wares Village as long as he pleased, he addressed Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When the Buddha had stayed in Bhoga City as long as he pleased, he addressed Ānanda,
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṁ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṁ avasiṭṭhaṁ, taṁ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
“Yes, sir,” replied Cunda. He did as he was asked, then came back to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then he addressed Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṁ rukkhamūlaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha left the road and went to the root of a certain tree, where he addressed Ānanda,
Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When he was seated he said to Venerable Ānanda,
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
For a second time, the Buddha asked Ānanda for a drink,
Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
And for a third time, the Buddha said to Ānanda,
Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
He went up to him, bowed, sat down to one side, and said,
Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho ahaṁ, pukkusa, taṁ purisaṁ etadavocaṁ:
Then having left that crowd, a certain person approached me, bowed, and stood to one side. I said to them,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṁ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ.
“Yes, sir,” replied Pukkusa, and did so.
Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ cundakaṁ āmantesi:
where he addressed Venerable Cundaka,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda: kho → yo kho (mr)
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṁ tīraṁ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
And that’s where they went. Then the Buddha addressed Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha pointed out to Ānanda what was happening, adding:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāresi:
Then the Buddha made him move,
Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:
Yet in his final hour the Buddha makes him move, saying:
Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṁ bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:
What is the cause, what is the reason for this?”
Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:
Yet in his final hour the Buddha makes him move, saying:
Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṁ bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:
What is the cause, sir, what is the reason for this?”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Ānanda and said to him,
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” Ānanda replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then Subhadda went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana, approached Ānanda, and said to him,
tatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
and a third time, Subhadda asked Ānanda, and a third time Ānanda refused.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
He said to Ānanda,
Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the wanderer Subhadda went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Ānanda,
Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then Subhadda said to Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha addressed Venerable Ānanda:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda said to Venerable Anuruddha,
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then Anuruddha said to Ānanda,
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
The Mallas said to Anuruddha,
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then the Mallas said to Anuruddha,
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
The Mallas said to Anuruddha,

dn17 Mahāsudassanasutta King Mahāsudassana ekamantaṁ 3 12 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Te raññā paṭikkhittā ekamantaṁ apakkamma evaṁ samacintesuṁ:
When the king turned them down, they withdrew to one side to think up a plan,

dn18 Janavasabhasutta With Janavasabha ekamantaṁ 4 6 En Ru

Idamāyasmā ānando māgadhake paricārake ārabbha eko raho anuvicintetvā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
After pondering the fate of the Magadhan devotees alone in private, Ānanda rose at the crack of dawn and went to see the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his concerns, finishing by saying,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

dn19 Mahāgovindasutta The Great Steward ekamantaṁ 8 6 En Ru

Atha kho pañcasikho gandhabbaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho pañcasikho gandhabbaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, the centaur Pañcasikha, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho, bho, jotipālaṁ māṇavaṁ rājā disampati etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and the king said to him,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho, bho, mahāgovindaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ reṇu rājā etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and the king said to him,
Atha kho, bho, te cha khattiyā ekamantaṁ apakkamma evaṁ samacintesuṁ:
Then the six aristocrats withdrew to one side and thought up a plan,
Atha kho, bho, te cha khattiyā ekamantaṁ apakkamma evaṁ samacintesuṁ:
Then the six aristocrats withdrew to one side and thought up a plan,

dn20 Mahāsamayasutta The Great Congregation ekamantaṁ 2 3 En Ru

Atha kho tā devatā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
They bowed to the Buddha and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

dn21 Sakkapañhasutta Sakka’s Questions ekamantaṁ 5 2 En Ru

ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
dn21
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto beluvapaṇḍuvīṇaṁ assāvesi, imā ca gāthā abhāsi buddhūpasañhitā dhammūpasañhitā saṅghūpasañhitā arahantūpasañhitā kāmūpasañhitā:
Standing to one side, Pañcasikha played his arched harp, and sang these verses on the Buddha, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the perfected ones, and sensual love.
Abhivadito sakko devānamindo bhagavato indasālaguhaṁ pavisitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
And being saluted by the Buddha, Sakka entered Indra’s hill cave, bowed to the Buddha, and stood to one side.
Devāpi tāvatiṁsā indasālaguhaṁ pavisitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
And the gods of the Thirty-Three did likewise,
Pañcasikhopi gandhabbadevaputto indasālaguhaṁ pavisitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
as did Pañcasikha.

dn23 Pāyāsisutta With Pāyāsi ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ nikkhamantaṁ 23 9 En Ru

Atha kho pāyāsi rājañño setabyakehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto yena siṁsapāvanaṁ yenāyasmā kumārakassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā kumārakassapena saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Pāyāsi escorted by the brahmins and householders, went up to Kassapa the Prince, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Setabyakāpi kho brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce āyasmantaṁ kumārakassapaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu;
Before sitting down to one side, some of the brahmins and householders of Setavyā bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward Kassapa the Prince, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.
sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
dn23
Appekacce yenāyasmā kumārakassapo tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
dn23
Appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
dn23
Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
dn23
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pāyāsi rājañño āyasmantaṁ kumārakassapaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, the chieftain Pāyāsi said to Venerable Kassapa the Prince,
‘appeva nāmassa jīvaṁ nikkhamantaṁ passeyyāmā’ti.
‘Hopefully we’ll see his soul escaping.’
Nevassa mayaṁ jīvaṁ nikkhamantaṁ passāma.
But we don’t see his soul escaping.
“Api nu tā tuyhaṁ jīvaṁ passanti pavisantaṁ vā nikkhamantaṁ vā”ti?
“But did they see your soul entering or leaving?”
“Tā hi nāma, rājañña, tuyhaṁ jīvantassa jīvantiyo jīvaṁ na passissanti pavisantaṁ vā nikkhamantaṁ vā.
“So if they couldn’t even see your soul entering or leaving while you were still alive,
Kiṁ pana tvaṁ kālaṅkatassa jīvaṁ passissasi pavisantaṁ vā nikkhamantaṁ vā.
how could you see the soul of a dead man?
‘tena hi, bho, imaṁ purisaṁ anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṁsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca jīvitā voropetha, appeva nāmassa jīvaṁ nikkhamantaṁ passeyyāmā’ti.
‘Well then, sirs, take this man’s life without injuring his outer skin, inner skin, flesh, sinews, bones, or marrow. Hopefully we’ll see his soul escaping.’
‘tena hi, bho, imaṁ purisaṁ uttānaṁ nipātetha, appeva nāmassa jīvaṁ nikkhamantaṁ passeyyāmā’ti.
lay him on his back in hope of seeing his soul escape.
Nevassa mayaṁ jīvaṁ nikkhamantaṁ passāma.
But we don’t see his soul escaping.
odhunātha sandhunātha niddhunātha, appeva nāmassa jīvaṁ nikkhamantaṁ passeyyāmā’ti.
and to give him a good shaking in hope of seeing his soul escape.
Nevassa mayaṁ jīvaṁ nikkhamantaṁ passāma.
But we don’t see his soul escaping.
So yena aññataro gāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā majjhe gāmassa ṭhito tikkhattuṁ saṅkhaṁ upalāpetvā saṅkhaṁ bhūmiyaṁ nikkhipitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
where he went to a certain village. Standing in the middle of the village, he sounded his horn three times, then placed it on the ground and sat down to one side.
Atha kho pāyāsi devaputto yenāyasmā gavampati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ gavampatiṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho pāyāsiṁ devaputtaṁ āyasmā gavampati etadavoca:
Then the god Pāyāsi went up to him, bowed, and stood to one side. Gavampati said to him,

dn24 Pāthikasutta About Pāṭikaputta ekamantaṁ 14 0 En Ru

Bhaggavagottopi kho paribbājako aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
while the wanderer of the Bhaggava clan took a low seat, sat to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bhaggavagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to the Buddha,
Purimāni, bhaggava, divasāni purimatarāni sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto maṁ etadavoca:
A few days ago Sunakkhatta the Licchavi came to me, bowed, sat down to one side, and said:
Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṁ licchaviputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
Then Sunakkhatta came to me, bowed, and sat down to one side. I said to him,
Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṁ licchaviputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
Then Sunakkhatta came to me, bowed, and sat down to one side. I said to him,
Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṁ licchaviputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
He came to me, bowed, and sat down to one side. I said to him,
Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto maṁ etadavoca:
Then Sunakkhatta came to me, bowed, sat down to one side, and told me of all this.
Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṁ licchaviputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
Then Sunakkhatta came to me, bowed, and sat down to one side. I said to him,

dn25 Udumbarikasutta The Lion’s Roar at the Monastery of Lady Udumbarikā ekamantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ 6 4 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sandhāno gahapati nigrodhaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Nigrodha,
Addasā kho nigrodho paribbājako bhagavantaṁ sumāgadhāya tīre moranivāpe abbhokāse caṅkamantaṁ.
Nigrodha saw him,
Nigrodhopi kho paribbājako aññataraṁ nīcāsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
while Nigrodha took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nigrodhaṁ paribbājakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him,
“idha mayaṁ, bhante, addasāma bhagavantaṁ sumāgadhāya tīre moranivāpe abbhokāse caṅkamantaṁ, disvāna evaṁ avocumhā:
“Well, sir, I saw you walking mindfully and said:

dn27 Aggaññasutta What Came First caṅkamantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ gāmasāmantaṁ nigamasāmantaṁ 6 10 En Ru

Addasā kho vāseṭṭho bhagavantaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitaṁ pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamantaṁ.
Vāseṭṭha saw him
Atha kho vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā bhagavantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ anucaṅkamiṁsu.
So they went to the Buddha, bowed, and walked beside him.
Tesaṁyeva kho, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṁ ekacce sattā araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu taṁ jhānaṁ anabhisambhuṇamānā gāmasāmantaṁ nigamasāmantaṁ osaritvā ganthe karontā acchanti.
But some of those beings were unable to keep up with their meditation in the leaf huts in the wilderness. They came down to the neighborhood of a village or town where they dwelt compiling texts.
‘ime kho, bho, sattā araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu taṁ jhānaṁ anabhisambhuṇamānā gāmasāmantaṁ nigamasāmantaṁ osaritvā ganthe karontā acchanti, na dānime jhāyantī’ti.
‘These beings were unable to keep up with their meditation in the leaf huts in the wilderness. They came down to the neighborhood of a village or town where they dwelt compiling texts. Now they don’t meditate.’

dn28 Sampasādanīyasutta Inspiring Confidence ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 6 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta,

dn29 Pāsādikasutta An Impressive Discourse āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 7 2 En Ru

Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso pāvāyaṁ vassaṁvuṭṭho yena sāmagāmo, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
And then, after completing the rainy season residence near Pāvā, the novice Cunda went to see Venerable Ānanda at Sāma village. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. vassaṁvuṭṭho → vassaṁ vuttho (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
Atha kho āyasmā ca ānando cundo ca samaṇuddeso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ānanda and Cunda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma evaṁ atthupetaṁ byañjanupetan’ti.
to see a venerable such as yourself, so well-versed in the meaning and the phrasing, as one of our spiritual companions!’

dn32 Āṭānāṭiyasutta The Āṭānāṭiya Protection ekamantaṁ 14 2 En Ru

Atha kho cattāro mahārājā mahatiyā ca yakkhasenāya mahatiyā ca gandhabbasenāya mahatiyā ca kumbhaṇḍasenāya mahatiyā ca nāgasenāya catuddisaṁ rakkhaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ gumbaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ ovaraṇaṁ ṭhapetvā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then, late at night, the Four Great Kings—with large armies of spirits, centaurs, goblins, and dragons—set guards, troops, and wards at the four quarters and then, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak with their beauty, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ obhāsetvā → gijjhakūṭaṁ obhāsetvā (bj, sya-all, pts1ed) | mahārājā → mahārājāno (mr)
Tepi kho yakkhā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Before sitting down to one side, some spirits bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vessavaṇo mahārājā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, the Great King Vessavaṇa said to the Buddha,
“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ cattāro mahārājā mahatiyā ca yakkhasenāya mahatiyā ca gandhabbasenāya mahatiyā ca kumbhaṇḍasenāya mahatiyā ca nāgasenāya catuddisaṁ rakkhaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ gumbaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ ovaraṇaṁ ṭhapetvā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
dn32
Tepi kho, bhikkhave, yakkhā appekacce maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce mayā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce yenāhaṁ tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
dn32
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, bhikkhave, vessavaṇo mahārājā maṁ etadavoca:
dn32

dn33 Saṅgītisutta Reciting in Concert ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 6 20 En Ru

Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho te pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
and told him of their preparations, saying,
Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāveyyakesu mallesu tuṇhībhūtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ anuviloketvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
Soon after they left, the Buddha looked around the Saṅgha of mendicants, who were so very silent. He addressed Venerable Sāriputta,
Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha got up and said to Venerable Sāriputta,

snp1.4 Kasibhāradvājasutta ekamantaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā yena parivesanā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then the Buddha went to where the distribution was taking place and stood to one side.

snp1.6 Parābhavasutta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity addressed the Buddha in verse:

snp2.4 Maṅgalasutta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity addressed the Buddha in verse:

snp2.7 Brāhmaṇadhammikasutta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇamahāsālā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

snp2.11 Rāhulasutta āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Itthaṁ sudaṁ bhagavā āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ imāhi gāthāhi abhiṇhaṁ ovadatīti.
That is how the Buddha regularly advised Venerable Rāhula with these verses. "

snp2.12 sutta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā vaṅgīso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—
Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Vaṅgīsa came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

snp2.14 Dhammikasutta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho dhammiko upāsako pañcahi upāsakasatehi saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho dhammiko upāsako bhagavantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
Then the lay follower Dhammika, together with five hundred lay followers, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and addressed him in verse:

snp3.5 Māghasutta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho māgho māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to the Buddha:

snp3.6 Sabhiyasutta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sabhiyo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—
and addressed the Buddha in verse:

snp3.7 Selasutta ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho keṇiyaṁ jaṭilaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho selo brāhmaṇo bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.
and scrutinized the Buddha’s body for the thirty-two marks of a great man. samannesi → sammannesi (si, sya-all)
Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Keṇiya took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho keṇiyaṁ jaṭilaṁ bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
The Buddha expressed his appreciation with these verses:

snp3.9 Vāseṭṭhasutta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhagavantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
and Vāseṭṭha addressed the Buddha in verse:

snp3.10 Kokālikasutta ekamantaṁ 4 10 En Ru

Atha kho kokāliko bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kokāliko bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the mendicant Kokālika went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, the beautiful Brahmā Sahampati, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,

snp5.1 ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito haṭṭho,
Thrilled, he stood to one side

ud1.4 Huṁhuṅkasutta Whiny ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side, and said,

ud1.6 Mahākassapasutta With Mahākassapa āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṁ yena daliddavisikhā kapaṇavisikhā pesakāravisikhā.
The Buddha saw him wandering for alms in the streets of the poor, the destitute, and the weavers.

ud1.8 Saṅgāmajisutta With Saṅgāmaji āyasmantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purāṇadutiyikā yenāyasmā saṅgāmaji tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ saṅgāmajiṁ etadavoca:
Then his former wife went up to him and said,
Dutiyampi kho āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmantaṁ saṅgāmajiṁ etadavoca:
For a second time she said,
Tatiyampi kho āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmantaṁ saṅgāmajiṁ etadavoca:
For a third time she said,
Atha kho āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purāṇadutiyikā avidūraṁ gantvā apalokentī addasa āyasmantaṁ saṅgāmajiṁ taṁ dārakaṁ neva olokentaṁ nāpi ālapantaṁ, disvānassā etadahosi:
Then his former wife went a little distance away. Looking back, she saw Saṅgāmaji ignoring the boy, and thought, avidūraṁ → avidūre (sya-all, pts-vp-pli1) "

ud1.10 Bāhiyasutta With Bāhiya ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā bāhiyassa dārucīriyassa sarīrakaṁ mañcakaṁ āropetvā nīharitvā jhāpetvā thūpañcassa katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
“Yes, sir,” replied those mendicants. They did as the Buddha asked, then returned to the Buddha
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
and said,

ud2.4 Sakkārasutta Esteem ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

ud2.5 Upāsakasutta A Lay Follower ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho so upāsako sāvatthiyaṁ taṁ karaṇīyaṁ tīretvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Having concluded his business in Sāvatthī he went to see the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ upāsakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said this to him:

ud2.7 Ekaputtakasutta An Only Son ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā upāsakā allavatthā allakesā divā divassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te upāsake bhagavā etadavoca:
Then in the middle of the day several lay followers with wet clothes and hair went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:

ud2.8 Suppavāsāsutta Suppavāsā ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

“Paraman”ti kho so koliyaputto suppavāsāya koliyadhītāya paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
“Excellent idea,” he replied. He went to the Buddha and told him of his wife’s struggles. The Buddha said:
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho koliyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

“Paraman”ti kho so koliyaputto suppavāsāya koliyadhītāya paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
“Excellent idea,” he replied. He went to the Buddha, told him the good news, and conveyed his wife’s invitation.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so koliyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna,

ud2.9 Visākhāsutta With Visākhā ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho visākhā migāramātā divā divassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then, in the middle of the day, she went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down. migāramātā divā divassa → divādivasseva (sya-all); divādivase yeva (pts-vp-pli1); divā divassayeva (mr) "
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho visākhaṁ migāramātaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to her:

ud2.10 Bhaddiyasutta With Bhaddiya ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then those mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā bhaddiyo kāḷīgodhāya putto tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ bhaddiyaṁ kāḷīgodhāya puttaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” Bhaddiya replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

ud3.2 Nandasutta With Nanda ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ nikkhamantaṁ 15 3 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā nando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ nandaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Nanda and said to him,
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā nando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ nandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” Nanda replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“Sākiyānī maṁ, bhante, janapadakalyāṇī gharā nikkhamantassa upaḍḍhullikhitehi kesehi apaloketvā maṁ etadavoca:
“As I left my house, sir, the finest lady of the Sakyan land, her hair half-combed, glanced at me and said, maṁ → mama (sya-all) | nikkhamantassa → nikkhamantaṁ (pts-vp-pli1 aṭṭhakathāyaṁ pāṭhantaraṁ)
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nandaṁ bāhāyaṁ gahetvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi.
Then the Buddha took Nanda by the arm and, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared among the gods of the Thirty-Three. samiñjitaṁ → sammiñjitaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts-vp-pli1) | samiñjeyya → sammiñjeyya (bj, sya-all, km, pts-vp-pli1)
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Nanda,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nandaṁ bāhāyaṁ gahetvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—devesu tāvatiṁsesu antarahito jetavane pāturahosi.
Then the Buddha took Nanda by the arm and, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the gods of the Thirty-Three and reappeared at Jeta’s Grove.
Atha kho āyasmato nandassa sahāyakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ nandaṁ bhatakavādena ca upakkitakavādena ca samudācaranti:
Monks who were his friends accused him of being a hireling and a lackey,
Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:
Atha kho āyasmā nando tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā nando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, when the night had passed, Nanda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

ud3.3 Yasojasutta With Yasoja āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 5 2 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them,
Atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ cetasā ceto paricca manasi karitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then, having applied his mind to comprehending the minds of the mendicants staying on the bank of the river Vaggumudā, the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha emerged from that immersion and addressed Ānanda,

ud3.4 Sāriputtasutta With Sāriputta āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.
The Buddha saw him meditating there.

ud3.5 Mahāmoggallānasutta With Mahāmoggallāna āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya kāyagatāya satiyā ajjhattaṁ sūpaṭṭhitāya.
The Buddha saw him meditating there.

ud3.6 Pilindavacchasutta With Pilindavaccha ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā pilindavaccho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ pilindavacchaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Pilindavaccha and said to him,
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā pilindavaccho tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ pilindavacchaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” Pilindavaccha replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

ud3.7 Sakkudānasutta Sakka’s Heartfelt Saying āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Addasā kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
Seeing Mahākassapa coming off in the distance,
Atha kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe tikkhattuṁ udānaṁ udānesi:
Then Sakka bowed and respectfully circled Mahākassapa, keeping him on his right. Then he rose into the air and, sitting cross-legged in the sky, expressed this heartfelt sentiment three times:

ud4.1 Meghiyasutta With Meghiya ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 8 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā āyasmantaṁ meghiyaṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, the Buddha said to him,
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ meghiyaṁ etadavoca:
For a second time the Buddha said,
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Meghiya came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha what had happened.

ud4.3 Gopālakasutta The Cowherd ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro gopālako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then a certain cowherd went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ gopālakaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk. samādapesi → samādāpesi (?)
Atha kho so gopālako bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, the cowherd took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ gopālakaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
The Buddha then instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching, after which he got up and left.
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

ud4.4 Yakkhapahārasutta The Spirit’s Blow āyasmantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Addasaṁsu kho te yakkhā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ juṇhāya rattiyā navoropitehi kesehi abbhokāse nisinnaṁ.
They saw Sāriputta meditating there.
Disvā yena āyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
He approached him and said,

ud4.6 Piṇḍolasutta The Alms-gatherer āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ piṇḍolabhāradvājaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya āraññikaṁ piṇḍapātikaṁ paṁsukūlikaṁ tecīvarikaṁ appicchaṁ santuṭṭhaṁ pavivittaṁ asaṁsaṭṭhaṁ āraddhavīriyaṁ dhutavādaṁ adhicittamanuyuttaṁ.
The Buddha saw him meditating there.

ud4.7 Sāriputtasutta With Sāriputta āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya appicchaṁ santuṭṭhaṁ pavivittaṁ asaṁsaṭṭhaṁ āraddhavīriyaṁ adhicittamanuyuttaṁ.
The Buddha saw him meditating there.

ud4.8 Sundarīsutta With Sundarī ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

ud4.10 Sāriputtaupasamasutta The Peacefulness of Sāriputta āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya attano upasamaṁ paccavekkhamānaṁ.
The Buddha saw him meditating there.

ud5.1 Piyatarasutta Who Is More Dear? ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo pāsādā orohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then King Pasenadi of Kosala came downstairs from the stilt longhouse, went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

ud5.2 Appāyukasutta Short-lived ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: paṭisallānā → patisallāṇā (bj)

ud5.3 Suppabuddhakuṭṭhisutta With Suppabuddha the Leper ekamantaṁ 5 2 En Ru

Tattheva ekamantaṁ nisīdi:
Right there he sat down to one side, thinking,
Atha kho suppabuddho kuṭṭhī diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthu sāsane uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho suppabuddho kuṭṭhī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Suppabuddha saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. He went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. He rose from his seat and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said:
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said,
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:

ud5.5 Uposathasutta Sabbath paṭicchannakammantaṁ 1 8 En Ru

Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ dussīlaṁ pāpadhammaṁ asuciṁ saṅkassarasamācāraṁ paṭicchannakammantaṁ assamaṇaṁ samaṇapaṭiññaṁ abrahmacāriṁ brahmacāripaṭiññaṁ antopūtiṁ avassutaṁ kasambujātaṁ majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinnaṁ.
He saw that unethical person, of bad qualities, filthy, with suspicious behavior, underhand, no true ascetic or spiritual practitioner—though claiming to be one—rotten inside, corrupt, and depraved, sitting in the middle of the Saṅgha.

ud5.6 Soṇasutta With Soṇa āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 18 0 En Ru

Atha kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Soṇa went up to Mahākaccāna, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what he was thinking. Then he said,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:

Tatiyampi kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
For a third time, Soṇa went up to Mahākaccāna, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what he was thinking. Then he said,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:

Atha kho āyasmā mahākaccāno tiṇṇaṁ vassānaṁ accayena kicchena kasirena tato tato dasavaggaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ sannipātetvā āyasmantaṁ soṇaṁ upasampādesi.
It took three years and much struggle and difficulty before Venerable Mahākaccāyana was able to assemble from here and there a Sangha consisting of ten monks and give Venerable Soṇa the full ordination.
Atha kho āyasmā soṇo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then in the late afternoon, Soṇa came out of retreat, went up to Mahākaccāna, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what he was thinking. Then Mahākaccāna said,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā soṇo āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā soṇo āyasmato mahākaccānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā senāsanaṁ saṁsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.
Saying, “Yes, sir,” Soṇa welcomed and agreed with Mahākaccāna’s words. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled Mahākaccāna, keeping him on his right. Then he set his lodgings in order and, taking his bowl and robe, set out for Sāvatthī.
Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena sāvatthi jetavanaṁ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Eventually he came to Sāvatthī and Jeta’s Grove. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Soṇa said to the Buddha,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṁ soṇaṁ ajjhesi:
Then the Buddha rose at the crack of dawn and addressed Soṇa,

ud5.7 Kaṅkhārevatasutta With Revata the Doubter āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ kaṅkhārevataṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya attano kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhiṁ paccavekkhamānaṁ.
The Buddha saw him meditating there.

ud5.8 Saṅghabhedasutta Schism in the Saṅgha āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Addasā kho devadatto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṁ.
Devadatta saw him wandering for alms,
Disvāna yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
so he went up to him and said,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Rājagaha. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and told him what had just happened, adding:

ud5.10 Cūḷapanthakasutta With Cūḷapanthaka āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ cūḷapanthakaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.
The Buddha saw him meditating there.

ud6.1 Āyusaṅkhārossajjanasutta Surrendering the Life Force āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ pāpimantaṁ 7 0 En Ru

Vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Ānanda:
Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When he was seated he said to Venerable Ānanda:
tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
and for a third time, the Buddha said to Ānanda:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho māro pāpimā, acirapakkante āyasmante ānande, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
And then, not long after Ānanda had left, Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha, stood to one side, and said to him:
Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavoca:
When this was said, the Buddha said to Māra,

ud6.2 Sattajaṭilasutta Seven Matted-Hair Ascetics ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo acirapakkantesu tesu sattasu ca jaṭilesu, sattasu ca nigaṇṭhesu, sattasu ca acelakesu, sattasu ca ekasāṭakesu, sattasu ca paribbājakesu, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, soon after those ascetics had left, King Pasenadi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

ud6.4 Paṭhamanānātitthiyasutta Followers of Various Other Religions (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 9 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening. The Buddha said:
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:

ud6.5 Dutiyanānātitthiyasutta Followers of Various Other Religions (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:

ud6.6 Tatiyanānātitthiyasutta Followers of Various Other Religions (3rd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:

ud6.7 Subhūtisutta With Subhūti āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ subhūtiṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya avitakkaṁ samādhiṁ samāpannaṁ.
The Buddha saw him meditating there.

ud6.8 Gaṇikāsutta The Courtesan ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:

ud6.10 Uppajjantisutta Arising ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

ud7.1 Paṭhamalakuṇḍakabhaddiyasutta Bhaddiya the Dwarf (1st) āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṁ anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring Venerable Bhaddiya the Dwarf in many ways with a Dhamma talk. samādapeti → samādāpeti (?)
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṁ āyasmatā sāriputtena anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānaṁ samādapiyamānaṁ samuttejiyamānaṁ sampahaṁsiyamānaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ.
The Buddha saw what had happened. vimuttaṁ → cittaṁ vimuñcamānaṁ (bj); vimuttacittaṁ (?)

ud7.2 Dutiyalakuṇḍakabhaddiyasutta Bhaddiya the Dwarf (2nd) āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṁ sekhaṁ maññamāno bhiyyoso mattāya anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring Venerable Bhaddiya the Dwarf in even more ways with a Dhamma talk, thinking that he was still a trainee. sekhaṁ → sekkhaṁ (bj); sekkhoti (sya-all); sekhoti (pts-vp-pli1)
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āyasmantaṁ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṁ sekhaṁ maññamānaṁ bhiyyoso mattāya anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandassentaṁ samādapentaṁ samuttejentaṁ sampahaṁsentaṁ.
The Buddha saw what was happening.

ud7.3 Paṭhamasattasutta Clinging (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:

ud7.5 Aparalakuṇḍakabhaddiyasutta Another Discourse with Bhaddiya the Dwarf āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṁ dūratova sambahulānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchantaṁ dubbaṇṇaṁ duddasikaṁ okoṭimakaṁ yebhuyyena bhikkhūnaṁ paribhūtarūpaṁ.
The Buddha saw Venerable Bhaddiya coming off in the distance—ugly, unsightly, deformed, and despised by most of the mendicants.

ud7.6 Taṇhāsaṅkhayasutta The Ending of Craving āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ aññāsikoṇḍaññaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṁ paccavekkhamānaṁ.
The Buddha saw him meditating there.

ud7.8 Kaccānasutta Kaccāna āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya kāyagatāya satiyā ajjhattaṁ parimukhaṁ sūpaṭṭhitāya.
The Buddha saw him meditating there.

ud7.9 Udapānasutta The Well āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When he was seated he said to Venerable Ānanda:
tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
and for a third time, the Buddha said to Ānanda:

ud7.10 Utenasutta King Udena ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Kosambiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him had happened. They asked the Buddha,
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:

ud8.5 Cundasutta With Cunda ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 10 0 En Ru

Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṁ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṁ avasiṭṭhaṁ taṁ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
“Yes, sir,” replied Cunda. He did as he was asked, then came back to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṁ rukkhamūlaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha left the road and went to the root of a certain tree, where he addressed Ānanda,
Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
and said to Venerable Ānanda,
tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
and a third time, the Buddha said to Ānanda,
Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ cundakaṁ āmantesi:
And when he had emerged, he went to the mango grove, where he addressed Venerable Cundaka,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,

ud8.6 Pāṭaligāmiyasutta The Layfolk of Pāṭali Village ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 9 2 En Ru

Atha kho pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
So they went to see him, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:

Atha kho pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yenāvasathāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ āvasathāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telappadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the lay followers of Pāṭali Village got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the guest house, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed a lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and told him of their preparations, saying:
Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā paccūsasamaye paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
The Buddha rose at the crack of dawn and addressed Ānanda,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they stood to one side and said, sāraṇīyaṁ → sārāṇīyaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts-vp-pli1)
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:

Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Sunidha and Vassakāra took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
The Buddha expressed his appreciation with these verses:

ud8.7 Dvidhāpathasutta A Fork in the Road āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nāgasamālaṁ etadavoca:
But when he said this the Buddha responded,
Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nāgasamālaṁ etadavoca:
And for a third time the Buddha responded,
Atha kho āyasmā nāgasamālo bhinnena pattena vipphālitāya saṅghāṭiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Nāgasamāla—with his bowl broken and his outer robe torn—went to the Buddha and told him what had happened.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā nāgasamālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

ud8.8 Visākhāsutta With Visākhā ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho visākhā migāramātā allavatthā allakesā divā divassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then, in the middle of the day, Visākhā with wet clothes and hair went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho visākhaṁ migāramātaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to her,

ud8.9 Paṭhamadabbasutta With Dabba (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā dabbo mallaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Venerable Dabba the Mallian went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā dabbo mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

mn3 Dhammadāyādasutta Heirs in the Teaching vatāyasmantaṁyeva 1 0 En Ru

Sādhu vatāyasmantaṁyeva sāriputtaṁ paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho;
May Venerable Sāriputta himself please clarify the meaning of this.

mn4 Bhayabheravasutta Fear and Dread ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: sāraṇīyaṁ → sārāṇīyaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)

mn5 Anaṅgaṇasutta Unblemished āyasmantaṁ 2 10 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him:
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him,

mn8 Sallekhasutta Self-Effacement ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahācundo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahācundo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahācunda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

mn9 Sammādiṭṭhisutta Right View vatāyasmantaṁyeva āyasmantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Sādhu vatāyasmantaṁyeva sāriputtaṁ paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho.
May Venerable Sāriputta himself please clarify the meaning of this.
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchuṁ:
Saying “Good, sir,” those mendicants approved and agreed with what Sāriputta said. Then they asked another question: apucchuṁ → āpucchuṁ (bj); apucchiṁsu (sya-all) | uttari → uttariṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchuṁ:
Saying “Good, sir,” those mendicants … asked another question:
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchuṁ:
Saying “Good, sir,” those mendicants … asked another question:
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchuṁ:
Saying “Good, sir,” those mendicants approved and agreed with what Sāriputta said. Then they asked another question:

mn12 Mahāsīhanādasutta The Longer Discourse on the Lion’s Roar ekamantaṁ 2 32 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then he wandered for alms in Vesālī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

mn13 Mahādukkhakkhandhasutta The Longer Discourse on the Mass of Suffering ekamantaṁ 6 1 En Ru

sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. The wanderers said to them:
Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said:
sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdimha. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho amhe, bhante, te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṁ:
mn13

mn14 Cūḷadukkhakkhandhasutta The Shorter Discourse on the Mass of Suffering ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Api ca tiṭṭhatetaṁ, idānipi mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāma:
But let that be. Now we ask Venerable Gotama:

mn15 Anumānasutta Measuring Up kodhasāmantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhasāmantā vācaṁ nicchāretā.
They’re irritable, and blurt out words bordering on anger … kodhasāmantā → kodhasāmantaṁ (sya-all, pts1ed, mr)

mn18 Madhupiṇḍikasutta The Honey-Cake ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 13 2 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā daṇḍamolubbha ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho daṇḍapāṇi sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side leaning on his staff, and said to the Buddha,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā daṇḍamolubbha ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, bhikkhave, daṇḍapāṇi sakko maṁ etadavoca:
mn18
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā”ti.
Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter.”
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. They told him what had happened, and said:
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti.
mn18
Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Mahākaccāna said, rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:
‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā mahākaccāno satthu ceva saṁvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṁ sabrahmacārīnaṁ, pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ, yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti.
mn18
Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkamimha; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipucchimha.
mn18

mn21 Kakacūpamasutta The Simile of the Saw ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 6 10 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was going on.
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā moḷiyaphagguno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ moḷiyaphaggunaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Phagguna of the Top-Knot and said to him,
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ moḷiyaphaggunaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” Phagguna replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

mn22 Alagaddūpamasutta The Simile of the Cobra ekamantaṁ 4 7 En Ru

Yato kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu ariṭṭhaṁ bhikkhuṁ gaddhabādhipubbaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṁ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When they weren’t able to dissuade Ariṭṭha from his view, the mendicants went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
“Evamāvuso”ti kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ariṭṭhaṁ bhikkhuṁ gaddhabādhipubbaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” Ariṭṭha replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

mn23 Vammikasutta The Termite Mound ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ kammantaṁ 8 13 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ andhavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāyasmā kumārakassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā āyasmantaṁ kumārakassapaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Dark Forest, went up to Kassapa the Prince, stood to one side, and said:
Atha kho āyasmā kumārakassapo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kumārakassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, when the night had passed, Kassapa the Prince went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then he asked:
“imaṁ, bhante, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ andhavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhante, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca:
mn23
Yaṁ kho, bhikkhu, divā kammante ārabbha rattiṁ anuvitakketi anuvicāreti—
Thinking and considering all night about what you did during the day— kammante → kammantaṁ (mr)

mn24 Rathavinītasutta Chariots at the Ready ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ panāyasmantaṁ 20 1 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā jātibhūmakā bhikkhū jātibhūmiyaṁ vassaṁvuṭṭhā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:
Then several mendicants who had completed the rainy season residence in their native land went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:
Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena sāvatthi jetavanaṁ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Eventually he came to Sāvatthī and Jeta’s Grove. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Then a certain mendicant went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto taramānarūpo nisīdanaṁ ādāya āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi sīsānulokī.
Sāriputta quickly grabbed his sitting cloth and followed behind Puṇṇa, keeping sight of his head.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Puṇṇa:
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Sāriputta said to Puṇṇa,
“konāmo āyasmā, kathañca panāyasmantaṁ sabrahmacārī jānantī”ti?
“What is the venerable’s name? And how are you known among your spiritual companions?”
ye āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ labhanti dassanāya, labhanti payirūpāsanāya.
that they get to see Venerable Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī and pay homage to him.
Celaṇḍukena cepi sabrahmacārī āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ muddhanā pariharantā labheyyuṁ dassanāya, labheyyuṁ payirūpāsanāya, tesampi lābhā tesampi suladdhaṁ, amhākampi lābhā amhākampi suladdhaṁ, ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ labhāma dassanāya, labhāma payirūpāsanāyā”ti.
Even if they only got to see him and pay respects to him by carrying him around on their heads on a roll of cloth, it would still be very fortunate for them! And it’s fortunate for me, so very fortunate, that I get to see the venerable and pay homage to him.” Celaṇḍukena → velaṇḍukena (sya-all); celaṇḍakena (mr); celaṇḍupekena (?)
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Puṇṇa said to Sāriputta,
“ko nāmo āyasmā, kathañca panāyasmantaṁ sabrahmacārī jānantī”ti?
“What is the venerable’s name? And how are you known among your spiritual companions?”
ye āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ labhanti dassanāya, labhanti payirūpāsanāya.
that they get to see Venerable Sāriputta and pay homage to him.
Celaṇḍukena cepi sabrahmacārī āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ muddhanā pariharantā labheyyuṁ dassanāya, labheyyuṁ payirūpāsanāya, tesampi lābhā tesampi suladdhaṁ, amhākampi lābhā amhākampi suladdhaṁ, ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ labhāma dassanāya, labhāma payirūpāsanāyā”ti.
Even if they only got to see him and pay respects to him by carrying him around on their heads on a roll of cloth, it would still be very fortunate for them! And it’s fortunate for me, so very fortunate, that I get to see the venerable and pay homage to him.”

mn26 Pāsarāsisutta The Noble Quest āyasmantaṁ 5 6 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to Venerable Ānanda and said to him,
Atha kho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, the Buddha addressed Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
In the late afternoon the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda,
ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma.
to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions!
ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma.
to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions!

mn27 Cūḷahatthipadopamasutta The Shorter Simile of the Elephant’s Footprint ekamantaṁ 2 6 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yāvatako ahosi pilotikena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the wanderer Pilotika.

mn30 Cūḷasāropamasutta The Shorter Simile of the Heartwood ekamantaṁ 2 13 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho piṅgalakoccho brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

mn31 Cūḷagosiṅgasutta The Shorter Discourse at Gosiṅga ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Tepi kho āyasmanto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Those venerables bowed and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to Anuruddha,
Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo bhagavantaṁ anusaṁyāyitvā tato paṭinivattitvā āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
The venerables then accompanied the Buddha for a little way before turning back. Nandiya and Kimbila said to Anuruddha, anusaṁyāyitvā → anusaṁsāvetvā (bj); anusāvetvā (ṭīkā)
Atha kho dīgho parajano yakkho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho dīgho parajano yakkho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the native spirit Dīgha Parajana went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,

mn32 Mahāgosiṅgasutta The Longer Discourse at Gosiṅga āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 25 4 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and said,
Disvāna yenāyasmā revato tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ revataṁ etadavoca:
went to Venerable Revata, told him what was happening,
Disvāna āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
and said to Ānanda,
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ revataṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, Sāriputta said to Revata,
Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ revataṁ pucchāma:
And now we ask you the same question.”
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, Sāriputta said to Anuruddha,
Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ pucchāma:
And now we ask you the same question.”
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, Sāriputta said to Mahākassapa,
Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ pucchāma:
And now we ask you the same question.”
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, Sāriputta said to Mahāmoggallāna,
Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ pucchāma:
And now we ask you the same question.”
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahāmoggallāna said to Sāriputta,
Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ pucchāma:
And now we ask you:
Atha kho te āyasmanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then those venerables went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Venerable Sāriputta told the Buddha of how the mendicants had come to see him, and how he had asked Ānanda:
Disvāna āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocaṁ:
mn32
“Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, āyasmantaṁ revataṁ etadavocaṁ:
“Next I asked Revata the same question.
Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ revataṁ pucchāma—
mn32
“Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocaṁ:
“Next I asked Anuruddha the same question.
“Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavocaṁ:
“Next I asked Mahākassapa the same question.
Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ pucchāma …pe…
mn32
“Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ bhante āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavocaṁ:
“Next I asked Mahāmoggallāna the same question.
Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ pucchāma …pe…
mn32
“atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
“Next, I asked Sāriputta:
Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ pucchāma—
And now we ask you:

mn35 Cūḷasaccakasutta The Shorter Discourse With Saccaka āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 13 15 En Ru

Addasā kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto vesāliyaṁ jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
As Saccaka was going for a walk he saw Assaji coming off in the distance.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Saccaka stood to one side and said to Assaji,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Tepi kho licchavī appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Before sitting down to one side, some of the Licchavīs bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Saccaka said to the Buddha,
Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Saccaka took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Saccaka said to the Buddha,

mn36 Mahāsaccakasutta The Longer Discourse With Saccaka ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 4 16 En Ru

Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Saccaka went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,
ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma.
to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions!
ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma.
to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions!

mn37 Cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayasutta The Shorter Discourse on the Ending of Craving ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 16 3 En Ru

Atha kho sakko devānamindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
And then Sakka, lord of gods, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:
Addasā kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
Seeing Mahāmoggallāna coming off in the distance,
Disvāna tāni dibbāni pañca tūriyasatāni paṭippaṇāmetvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
he dismissed the orchestra, approached Mahāmoggallāna, and said,
Sakkopi kho devānamindo aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
while Sakka took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Mahāmoggallāna said to him,
Atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ purakkhatvā yena vejayanto pāsādo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu.
Then, putting Venerable Mahāmoggallāna in front, Sakka, lord of gods, and Vessavaṇa, the Great King, went to the Palace of Victory.
Addasaṁsu kho sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ;
When they saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, Sakka’s maids,
evameva sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ disvā ottappamānā hirīyamānā sakaṁ sakaṁ ovarakaṁ pavisiṁsu.
mn37
Atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ vejayante pāsāde anucaṅkamāpenti anuvicarāpenti:
Then Sakka and Vessavaṇa encouraged Moggallāna to wander and explore the palace, saying,
“Idhāhaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho ahaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
“My dear Moggallāna, I approached the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
“Abhijānāmahaṁ, moggallāna, idha sakko devānamindo yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, moggallāna, sakko devānamindo maṁ etadavoca:
“I do, Moggallāna.” And the Buddha retold all that happened when Sakka came to visit him, adding:

mn38 Mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasutta The Longer Discourse on the Ending of Craving ekamantaṁ 4 4 En Ru

Yato kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu sātiṁ bhikkhuṁ kevaṭṭaputtaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṁ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When they weren’t able to dissuade Sāti from his view, the mendicants went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
“Evamāvuso”ti kho sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sātiṁ bhikkhuṁ kevaṭṭaputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” Sāti replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

mn41 Sāleyyakasutta The People of Sālā ekamantaṁ 6 1 En Ru

Atha kho sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then the brahmins and householders of Sālā went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. Seated to one side they said to the Buddha:

mn42 Verañjakasutta The People of Verañjā ekamantaṁ 6 1 En Ru

Atha kho verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
… They said to the Buddha:

mn43 Mahāvedallasutta The Great Elaboration ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 4 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Sāriputta:
“Sādhāvuso”ti kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttariṁ pañhaṁ apucchi:
Saying “Good, reverend,” Mahākoṭṭhita approved and agreed with what Sāriputta said. Then he asked another question:

mn44 Cūḷavedallasutta The Shorter Elaboration ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho visākho upāsako yena dhammadinnā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā dhammadinnaṁ bhikkhuniṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho visākho upāsako dhammadinnaṁ bhikkhuniṁ etadavoca:
Then the layman Visākha went to see the nun Dhammadinnā, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to her:
Atha kho visākho upāsako dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā dhammadinnaṁ bhikkhuniṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
And then the layman Visākha approved and agreed with what the nun Dhammadinnā said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled her, keeping her on his right. Then he went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho visākho upāsako yāvatako ahosi dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.

mn48 Kosambiyasutta The Mendicants of Kosambī ekamantaṁ 4 3 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them,

mn49 Brahmanimantanikasutta On the Invitation of Brahmā pāpimantaṁ 2 5 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he had spoken, I said to Māra,
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he had spoken, I said to Māra,

mn50 Māratajjanīyasutta The Rebuke of Māra pāpimantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 7 6 En Ru

Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ kucchigataṁ koṭṭhamanupaviṭṭhaṁ.
He saw that Māra the Wicked had got inside his belly.
Disvāna māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavoca:
So he said to Māra,
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Moggallāna said to Māra,
Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ paccaggaḷe ṭhitaṁ;
Moggallāna saw him there
disvāna māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavoca:
and said,
Addasaṁsu kho, pāpima, gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino āyasmantaṁ sañjīvaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpannaṁ nisinnaṁ;
Some cowherds, shepherds, farmers, and passers-by saw him sitting there
Addasaṁsu kho te, pāpima, gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino āyasmantaṁ sañjīvaṁ piṇḍāya carantaṁ;
Those cowherds, shepherds, farmers, and passers-by saw him wandering for alms

mn51 Kandarakasutta With Kandaraka ekamantaṁ 3 5 En Ru

Atha kho pesso ca hatthārohaputto kandarako ca paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā pesso hatthārohaputto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Pessa the elephant driver’s son and Kandaraka the wanderer went to see the Buddha. When they had approached, Pessa bowed and sat down to one side. pesso → peyo (mr)
Kandarako pana paribbājako bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
But the wanderer Kandaraka exchanged greetings with the Buddha and stood to one side. sāraṇīyaṁ → sārāṇīyaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kandarako paribbājako tuṇhībhūtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ anuviloketvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
He looked around the mendicant Saṅgha, who were so very silent, and said to the Buddha:

mn52 Aṭṭhakanāgarasutta The Man From the City of Aṭṭhaka ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 8 2 En Ru

Atha kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro yena kukkuṭārāmo yena aññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca:
He went to the Chicken Monastery, approached a certain mendicant, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ taṁ āyasmantaṁ ānandan”ti.
For I want to see him.”
Atha kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro pāṭaliputte taṁ karaṇīyaṁ tīretvā yena vesālī yena beluvagāmako yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Dasama, having concluded his business there, went to the little village of Beluva in Vesālī to see Ānanda. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to Ānanda:
Evaṁ vutte, dasamo gahapati aṭṭhakanāgaro āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, the householder Dasama said to Venerable Ānanda,

mn53 Sekhasutta A Trainee ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 6 1 En Ru

Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
and told him of their preparations, saying,
Atha kho bhagavā kāpilavatthave sakye bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the Sakyans with a Dhamma talk. Then he addressed Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha got up and said to Venerable Ānanda,

mn54 Potaliyasutta With Potaliya the Householder ekamantaṁ 2 8 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho potaliyaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side, and the Buddha said to him,

mn55 Jīvakasutta With Jīvaka ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Jīvaka went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

mn56 Upālisutta With Upāli ekamantaṁ 6 9 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho dīghatapassiṁ nigaṇṭhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side. The Buddha said to him,
Evaṁ vutte, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When he said this, Dīgha Tapassī took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho dīghatapassiṁ nigaṇṭhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho upāli gahapati nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena pāvārikambavanaṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho upāli gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” replied the householder Upāli to the Jain Ñātika. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled him, keeping him on his right. Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

mn57 Kukkuravatikasutta The Ascetic Who Behaved Like a Dog ekamantaṁ 3 5 En Ru

Atha kho puṇṇo ca koliyaputto govatiko acelo ca seniyo kukkuravatiko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā puṇṇo koliyaputto govatiko bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Acelo pana seniyo kukkuravatiko bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā kukkurova palikujjitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Puṇṇa Koliyaputta, who had taken a vow to behave like a cow, and Seniya, a naked ascetic who had taken a vow to behave like a dog, went to see the Buddha. Puṇṇa bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side, while Seniya exchanged greetings and polite conversation with him before sitting down to one side curled up like a dog. palikujjitvā → paḷikujjitvā (bj); palikuṇṭhitvā (sya-all, km); paliguṇṭhitvā (mr)
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho puṇṇo koliyaputto govatiko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Puṇṇa said to the Buddha,

mn58 Abhayarājakumārasutta With Prince Abhaya ekamantaṁ 8 2 En Ru

Atha kho abhayo rājakumāro yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho abhayaṁ rājakumāraṁ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto etadavoca:
Then Prince Abhaya went up to the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Jain Ñātika said to him,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho abhayo rājakumāro nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
“Yes, sir,” replied Abhaya. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Jain Ñātika, keeping him on his right. Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho abhayassa rājakumārassa sūriyaṁ ulloketvā etadahosi:
Then he looked up at the sun and thought, sūriyaṁ ulloketvā → suriyaṁ oloketvā (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
Atha kho abhayo rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Abhaya took a low seat, sat to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho abhayo rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him,
“Idhāhaṁ, bhante, yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho maṁ, bhante, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto etadavoca:
Then Abhaya told the Buddha all that had happened.

mn59 Bahuvedanīyasutta The Many Kinds of Feeling āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 11 0 En Ru

Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
Then the master builder Pañcakaṅga went up to Venerable Udāyī, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, thapati → gahapati (sya-all, km, pts1ed) "
Evaṁ vutte, pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Pañcakaṅga said to Udāyī,
Dutiyampi kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
For a second time, Pañcakaṅga said to Udāyī,
Tatiyampi kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
And for a third time, Pañcakaṅga said to Udāyī,
Neva kho sakkhi āyasmā udāyī pañcakaṅgaṁ thapatiṁ saññāpetuṁ, na panāsakkhi pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ saññāpetuṁ.
But neither was able to persuade the other.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then he went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.
Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, the Buddha said to him,

mn60 Apaṇṇakasutta Guaranteed ekamantaṁ 6 1 En Ru

Atha kho sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu; sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho sāleyyake brāhmaṇagahapatike bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the brahmins and householders of Sālā went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. The Buddha said to them:

mn61 Ambalaṭṭhikarāhulovādasutta Advice to Rāhula at Ambalaṭṭhika ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 1 En Ru

Āyasmāpi kho rāhulo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Rāhula bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Atha kho bhagavā parittaṁ udakāvasesaṁ udakādhāne ṭhapetvā āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha, leaving a little water in the pot, addressed Rāhula,
Atha kho bhagavā parittaṁ udakāvasesaṁ chaḍḍetvā āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha, tossing away what little water was left in the pot, said to Rāhula,
Atha kho bhagavā taṁ udakādhānaṁ nikkujjitvā āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha, turning the pot upside down, said to Rāhula,
Atha kho bhagavā taṁ udakādhānaṁ ukkujjitvā āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha, turning the pot right side up, said to Rāhula,

mn62 Mahārāhulovādasutta The Longer Advice to Rāhula āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 5 5 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā apaloketvā āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha looked back at Rāhula and said,
Addasā kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.
Venerable Sāriputta saw him sitting there,
Disvāna āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ āmantesi:
and addressed him,
Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Rāhula came out of retreat, went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

mn63 Cūḷamālukyasutta The Shorter Discourse With Māluṅkya ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Māluṅkya came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts. He then continued:

mn65 Bhaddālisutta With Bhaddāli ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 4 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ bhaddāliṁ te bhikkhū etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. The mendicants said to Bhaddāli,
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā bhaddāli tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bhaddāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, reverends,” Bhaddāli replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

mn66 Laṭukikopamasutta The Simile of the Quail ekamantaṁ 2 7 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā udāyī sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Udāyī came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

mn67 Cātumasutta At Cātumā āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 9 13 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:
Atha kho cātumeyyakā sakyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho cātumeyyakā sakyā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then the Sakyans of Cātumā went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pattacīvaramādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and, taking their bowls and robes, went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna,

mn68 Naḷakapānasutta At Naḷakapāna āyasmantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Anuruddha,

mn69 Goliyānisutta With Gulissāni āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When Venerable Sāriputta said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him, mahāmoggallāno → mahāmoggalāno (mr) "

mn70 Kīṭāgirisutta At Kīṭāgiri ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Yato kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu assajipunabbasuke bhikkhū saññāpetuṁ, atha yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Since those mendicants were unable to persuade the mendicants who were followers of Assaji and Punabbasuka, they approached the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
“Evamāvuso”ti kho assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho assajipunabbasuke bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” those mendicants replied. They went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.

mn71 Tevijjavacchasutta To Vacchagotta on the Three Knowledges ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Vacchagottopi kho paribbājako aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
while Vacchagotta took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:

mn72 Aggivacchasutta With Vacchagotta on Fire ekamantaṁ 2 6 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

mn73 Mahāvacchasutta The Longer Discourse With Vacchagotta ekamantaṁ 6 5 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,
Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā vacchagotto addhamāsūpasampanno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā vacchagotto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Not long after his ordination, a fortnight later, Venerable Vacchagotta went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then those mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

mn74 Dīghanakhasutta With Dīghanakha ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho dīghanakho paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side, and said to the Buddha,

mn75 Māgaṇḍiyasutta With Māgaṇḍiya ekamantaṁ 4 8 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho bhāradvājagottaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho māgaṇḍiyaṁ paribbājakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and the Buddha said to him:

mn76 Sandakasutta With Sandaka āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 4 En Ru

Addasā kho sandako paribbājako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
Sandaka saw Ānanda coming off in the distance,
Atha kho sandako paribbājako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
who said to him,
Sandakopi kho paribbājako aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
while Sandaka took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sandakaṁ paribbājakaṁ āyasmā ānando etadavoca:
Ānanda said to Sandaka,

mn77 Mahāsakuludāyisutta The Longer Discourse with Sakuludāyī ekamantaṁ sammākammantaṁ 3 25 En Ru

Sakuludāyīpi kho paribbājako aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
while Sakuludāyī took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sakuludāyiṁ paribbājakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him,
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiṁ bhāveti, sammāsaṅkappaṁ bhāveti, sammāvācaṁ bhāveti, sammākammantaṁ bhāveti, sammāājīvaṁ bhāveti, sammāvāyāmaṁ bhāveti, sammāsatiṁ bhāveti, sammāsamādhiṁ bhāveti.
It’s when a mendicant develops right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right immersion.

mn78 Samaṇamuṇḍikasutta With Uggāhamāna Samaṇamuṇḍika ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho pañcakaṅgaṁ thapatiṁ uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. Uggāhamāna said to him:
Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yāvatako ahosi uggāhamānena paribbājakena samaṇamuṇḍikāputtena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and informed the Buddha of all that had been discussed.

mn79 Cūḷasakuludāyisutta The Shorter Discourse With Sakuludāyī ekamantaṁ 2 6 En Ru

Sakuludāyīpi kho paribbājako aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
while Sakuludāyī took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sakuludāyiṁ paribbājakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him,

mn80 Vekhanasasutta With Vekhanasa ekamantaṁ 2 3 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho vekhanaso paribbājako bhagavato santike udānaṁ udānesi:
and expressed this heartfelt sentiment:

mn81 Ghaṭikārasutta With Ghaṭīkāra āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 10 0 En Ru

Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
When he was seated he said to Venerable Ānanda:
Atha kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro ca kumbhakāro jotipālo ca māṇavo yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Jotipālo pana māṇavo kassapena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Ghaṭīkāra the potter and Jotipāla the brahmin student went to the Buddha Kassapa. Ghaṭīkāra bowed and sat down to one side, but Jotipāla exchanged greetings with the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:
Ghaṭīkāra said to the Buddha Kassapa,
Atha kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro ca kumbhakāro jotipālo ca māṇavo yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ghaṭīkāra and Jotipāla went to the Buddha Kassapa, bowed and sat down to one side. Ghaṭīkāra said to the Buddha Kassapa,
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha Kassapa on foot. He bowed and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho, ānanda, kikiṁ kāsirājānaṁ kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha Kassapa had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, King Kikī took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:
There he said to the Buddha Kassapa,

mn82 Raṭṭhapālasutta With Raṭṭhapāla ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 24 0 En Ru

Atha kho thullakoṭṭhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then the brahmins and householders of Thullakoṭṭhita went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.
Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho thullakoṭṭhike brāhmaṇagahapatike bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
When they were seated, the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto acirapakkantesu thullakoṭṭhikesu brāhmaṇagahapatikesu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Soon after they left, Raṭṭhapāla went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto uṭṭhahitvā balaṁ gāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Raṭṭhapāla got up and regained his strength. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then he went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
“abhabbo kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitun”ti, atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ etadavoca:
it was impossible for Raṭṭhapāla to resign the training and return to a lesser life, he said,
Addasā kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa pitā āyasmantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
He saw Raṭṭhapāla coming off in the distance
Atha kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa pitā yenāyasmā raṭṭhapālo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ etadavoca:
Then Raṭṭhapāla’s father went up to him and said,
Atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sakapitu nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa pitā taṁ hiraññasuvaṇṇassa puñjaṁ vivarāpetvā āyasmantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ etadavoca:
Then Raṭṭhapāla robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to his father’s home, and sat down on the seat spread out. Raṭṭhapāla’s father, revealing the heap of gold coins and bullion, said to him,
Atha kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa purāṇadutiyikā paccekaṁ pādesu gahetvā āyasmantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then Raṭṭhapāla’s former wives each clasped his feet and said,
Atha kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa pitā āyasmantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.
Then Raṭṭhapāla’s father served and satisfied Venerable Raṭṭhapāla with his own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods.
“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho migavo rañño korabyassa paṭissutvā migacīraṁ sodhento addasa āyasmantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṁ nisinnaṁ.
“Yes, Your Majesty,” replied the gamekeeper. While tidying the deer range he saw Raṭṭhapāla sitting in meditation.
Atha kho rājā korabyo “yaṁ tattha khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyattaṁ taṁ sabbaṁ vissajjethā”ti vatvā bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhadraṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi thullakoṭṭhikamhā niyyāsi mahaccarājānubhāvena āyasmantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ dassanāya.
And then King Koravya said, “Give away the fresh and cooked foods that have been prepared there.” He had the finest carriages harnessed. Then he mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out in full royal pomp from Thullakoṭṭhita to see Raṭṭhapāla.
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova ussaṭāya ussaṭāya parisāya yenāyasmā raṭṭhapālo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā raṭṭhapālena saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho rājā korabyo āyasmantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ etadavoca:
He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached Raṭṭhapāla on foot, together with a group of eminent officials. They exchanged greetings, and, when the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side, and said to Raṭṭhapāla:
Nisīdi rājā korabyo paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho rājā korabyo āyasmantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ etadavoca:
So the king sat down on the seat spread out, and said:

mn84 Madhurasutta At Madhurā āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 5 1 En Ru

Atha kho rājā mādhuro avantiputto bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhadraṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi madhurāya niyyāsi mahaccarājānubhāvena āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ dassanāya.
And then King Avantiputta had the finest carriages harnessed. He mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out in full royal pomp from Madhurā to see Mahākaccāna.
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākaccānena saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā mādhuro avantiputto āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:
He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached Mahākaccāna on foot. They exchanged greetings, and when the greetings and polite conversation were over, the king sat down to one side and said to Mahākaccāna:
Evaṁ vutte, rājā mādhuro avantiputto āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, King Avantiputta of Madhurā said to Mahākaccāna,

mn85 Bodhirājakumārasutta With Prince Bodhi ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 11 18 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sañjikāputto māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
mn85
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ apalokesi.
Then the Buddha glanced at Venerable Ānanda.
Atha kho bodhi rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Prince Bodhi took a low seat, sat to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bodhi rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him,
ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma.
to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions!
ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma.
to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions!
Atha kho me ayyā kucchimatī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho me ayyā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then my pregnant mother went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho maṁ dhāti aṅkena haritvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho maṁ dhāti bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then my nurse, carrying me on her hip, went to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,

mn86 Aṅgulimālasutta With Aṅgulimāla ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 9 0 En Ru

Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha on foot. He bowed and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yenāyasmā aṅgulimālo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ aṅgulimālaṁ etadavoca:
Then the king went over to Aṅgulimāla and said,
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the king went back to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then after wandering for alms in Sāvatthī, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said to him,
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ aṅgulimālaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
The Buddha saw him coming off in the distance,
Disvāna āyasmantaṁ aṅgulimālaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him,

mn87 Piyajātikasutta Born From the Beloved ekamantaṁ 6 1 En Ru

Atha kho so gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,
“idhāhaṁ, bhonto, yena samaṇo gotamo tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho maṁ, bhonto, samaṇo gotamo etadavoca:
mn87
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nāḷijaṅgho brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,

mn88 Bāhitikasutta The Imported Cloth āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 18 0 En Ru

Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
He saw Ānanda coming off in the distance
“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho so puriso rañño pasenadissa kosalassa paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho so puriso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, Your Majesty,” that man replied. He did as the king asked.
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yāvatikā nāgassa bhūmi nāgena gantvā nāgā paccorohitvā pattikova yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho rājā pasenadi kosalo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then King Pasenadi rode on the elephant as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached Ānanda on foot. He bowed, stood to one side, and said to Ānanda,
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yāvatikā nāgassa bhūmi nāgena gantvā nāgā paccorohitvā pattikova yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho rājā pasenadi kosalo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then King Pasenadi rode on the elephant as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached Ānanda on foot. He bowed, stood to one side, and said to Ānanda,
Nisajja kho rājā pasenadi kosalo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
and said,
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then King Pasenadi said to him,
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo āyasmato ānandassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.
Then King Pasenadi approved and agreed with what Ānanda said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled Ānanda, keeping him on his right, before leaving.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkantassa rañño pasenadissa kosalassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Soon after he left, Ānanda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi raññā pasenadinā kosalena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and told him what had happened.

mn90 Kaṇṇakatthalasutta At Kaṇṇakatthala ekamantaṁ 4 3 En Ru

“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho so puriso rañño pasenadissa kosalassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, Your Majesty,” that man replied. He did as the king asked.
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo pacchābhattaṁ bhuttapātarāso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When he had finished breakfast, King Pasenadi went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

mn91 Brahmāyusutta With Brahmāyu ekamantaṁ 15 2 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uttaro māṇavo bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.
and scrutinized his body for the thirty-two marks of a great man.
Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena mithilā yena brahmāyu brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā brahmāyuṁ brāhmaṇaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho uttaraṁ māṇavaṁ brahmāyu brāhmaṇo etadavoca:
There he approached the brahmin Brahmāyu, bowed, and sat down to one side. Brahmāyu said to him,
Atha kho mithileyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then the brahmins and householders of Mithilā went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho so māṇavako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
mn91
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.
and scrutinized the Buddha’s body for the thirty-two marks of a great man.
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

mn92 Selasutta With Sela ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho keṇiyaṁ jaṭilaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho selo brāhmaṇo bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.
and scrutinized the Buddha’s body for the thirty-two marks of a great man.
Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Keṇiya took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho keṇiyaṁ jaṭilaṁ bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
The Buddha expressed his appreciation with these verses:

mn93 Assalāyanasutta With Assalāyana ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho assalāyano māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

mn94 Ghoṭamukhasutta With Ghoṭamukha āyasmantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ ekamantaṁ 8 2 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā āyasmantaṁ udenaṁ caṅkamantaṁ anucaṅkamamāno evamāha:
Walking alongside Udena, he said,
Ghoṭamukhopi kho brāhmaṇo caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṁ pavisitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Ghoṭamukha also stepped down from the walking path and entered the dwelling, where he stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho ghoṭamukhaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ āyasmā udeno etadavoca:
Udena said to him,
Atha kho ghoṭamukho brāhmaṇo aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then he took a low seat and sat to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ghoṭamukho brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ udenaṁ etadavoca:
where he said,
Evaṁ vutte, ghoṭamukho brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ udenaṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, Ghoṭamukha said to him,

mn95 Caṅkīsutta With Caṅkī ekamantaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.

mn96 Esukārīsutta With Esukārī ekamantaṁ 2 3 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho esukārī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

mn97 Dhanañjānisutta With Dhanañjāni ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 14 4 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ bhikkhuṁ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. Sāriputta said to him,
Addasā kho dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
Seeing Sāriputta coming off in the distance,
Disvāna yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Dhanañjāni went to him and said,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho dhanañjāniṁ brāhmaṇaṁ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. Sāriputta said to him,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that man replied. He did as Dhanañjāni asked.
Yena cāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
mn97
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi, ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said,

mn98 Vāseṭṭhasutta With Vāseṭṭha ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhagavantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
and Vāseṭṭha addressed the Buddha in verse:

mn99 Subhasutta With Subha ekamantaṁ 2 12 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

mn100 Saṅgāravasutta With Saṅgārava ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 4 18 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma.
to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions!
ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma.
to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions!

mn104 Sāmagāmasutta At Sāmagāma āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ pārājikasāmantaṁ 21 0 En Ru

Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso pāvāyaṁ vassaṁvuṭṭho yena sāmagāmo yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
And then, after completing the rainy season residence near Pāvā, the novice Cunda went to see Venerable Ānanda at Sāma village. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. vassaṁvuṭṭho → vassaṁ vuttho (bj, sya-all, km); vassavuttho (pts1ed)
Atha kho āyasmā ca ānando cundo ca samaṇuddeso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ānanda and Cunda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and Ānanda informed him of what Cunda had said. He went on to say,
‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti?
‘Venerable, do you recall committing the kind of serious offense that entails expulsion or close to it?’ evarūpiṁ → evarūpaṁ (sya-all, km, pts1ed)
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.
‘No, reverends, I don’t recall committing such an offense.’
‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti?
‘Venerable, do you recall committing the kind of serious offense that entails expulsion or close to it?’
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.
‘No, reverends, I don’t recall committing such an offense.’
‘iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.
‘Surely the venerable must know perfectly well if you recall committing an offense that entails expulsion or close to it!’
‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti?
‘Venerable, do you recall committing the kind of serious offense that entails expulsion or close to it?’
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.
‘No, reverends, I don’t recall committing such an offense.’
‘iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.
‘Surely the venerable must know perfectly well if you recall committing an offense that entails expulsion or close to it!’
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā;
‘Reverends, I don’t recall committing a serious offense of that nature.
‘iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti?
‘Surely the venerable must know perfectly well if you recall committing an offense that entails expulsion or close to it!’
Kiṁ panāhaṁ evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitvā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā puṭṭho na paṭijānissāmī’ti?
Why wouldn’t I acknowledge a serious offense when asked?’
‘imañhi nāma tvaṁ, āvuso, appamattikaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitvā apuṭṭho na paṭijānissasi, kiṁ pana tvaṁ evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitvā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā puṭṭho paṭijānissasi?
‘You wouldn’t have acknowledged that light offense without being asked, so why would you acknowledge a serious offense?
Iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.
Surely the venerable must know perfectly well if you recall committing an offense that entails expulsion or close to it!’
‘sarāmi kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā.
‘Reverend, I do recall committing the kind of serious offense that entails expulsion or close to it.
nāhaṁ taṁ sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.
that I didn’t recall it.’

mn105 Sunakkhattasutta With Sunakkhatta ekamantaṁ 2 15 En Ru

Atha kho sunakkhatto licchaviputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sunakkhatto licchaviputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

mn107 Gaṇakamoggallānasutta With Moggallāna the Accountant ekamantaṁ 2 4 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

mn108 Gopakamoggallānasutta With Moggallāna the Guardian āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 10 4 En Ru

Addasā kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
Moggallāna the Guardian saw Ānanda coming off in the distance
Disvāna āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him,
Gopakamoggallānopi kho brāhmaṇo aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
while Moggallāna took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then he said to Ānanda,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda,
Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then Vassakāra said to Ānanda,
Atha kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Soon after he had left, Moggallāna the Guardian said to Ānanda,

mn112 Chabbisodhanasutta The Sixfold Purification āyasmantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ samanupassāmā’”ti.
to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions!’” sabrahmacāriṁ samanupassāmā’”ti → brahmacāriṁ passāmāti (bj, pts1ed) "

mn117 Mahācattārīsakasutta The Great Forty micchākammantaṁ sammākammantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Micchākammantaṁ ‘micchākammanto’ti pajānāti, sammākammantaṁ ‘sammākammanto’ti pajānāti; sāssa hoti sammādiṭṭhi.
When you understand wrong action as wrong action and right action as right action, that’s your right view.
So sato micchākammantaṁ pajahati, sato sammākammantaṁ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati.
Mindfully they give up wrong action and take up right action: that’s their right mindfulness.
Itiyime tayo dhammā sammākammantaṁ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṁ—sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati.
So these three things keep running and circling around right action, namely: right view, right effort, and right mindfulness.

mn121 Cūḷasuññatasutta The Shorter Discourse on Emptiness ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

mn122 Mahāsuññatasutta The Longer Discourse on Emptiness āyasmantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
and said to Venerable Ānanda,
‘evaṁ maṁ caṅkamantaṁ nābhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssavissantī’ti.
‘While I’m walking, bad, unskillful qualities of covetousness and displeasure will not overwhelm me.’

mn123 Acchariyaabbhutasutta Incredible and Amazing āyasmantaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
mn123

mn124 Bākulasutta With Bakkula ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho acelakassapo āyasmantaṁ bākulaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Venerable Bakkula,

mn125 Dantabhūmisutta The Level of the Tamed ekamantaṁ 4 6 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jayaseno rājakumāro aciravataṁ samaṇuddesaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Aciravata,
Atha kho aciravato samaṇuddeso acirapakkante jayasene rājakumāre yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Not long after he had left, Aciravata went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho aciravato samaṇuddeso yāvatako ahosi jayasenena rājakumārena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.

mn126 Bhūmijasutta With Bhūmija ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 8 9 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jayaseno rājakumāro āyasmantaṁ bhūmijaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Bhūmija:
Atha kho jayaseno rājakumāro āyasmantaṁ bhūmijaṁ sakeneva thālipākena parivisi.
Then Prince Jayasena served Venerable Bhūmija from his own dish.
Atha kho āyasmā bhūmijo pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bhūmijo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, Bhūmija went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him all that had happened, adding:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, bhante, jayaseno rājakumāro maṁ etadavoca:
mn126

mn127 Anuruddhasutta With Anuruddha āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 11 5 En Ru

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso pañcakaṅgassa thapatissa paṭissutvā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that man replied. He did as Pañcakaṅga asked, and
Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.
Then Pañcakaṅga served and satisfied Anuruddha with his own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods.
Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When Anuruddha had eaten and washed his hands and bowl, Pañcakaṅga took a low seat, sat to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him:
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sabhiyo kaccāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, Venerable Sabhiya Kaccāna said to Venerable Anuruddha: sabhiyo kaccāno → abhiyo kaccāno (sya-all, pts1ed)
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sabhiyo kaccāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, Venerable Sabhiya Kaccāna said to Venerable Anuruddha,

mn128 Upakkilesasutta Corruptions ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 9 4 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and told him what was happening, adding:
Āyasmāpi kho bhagu bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Bhagu bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ bhaguṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ bhaguṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena pācīnavaṁsadāyo tenupasaṅkami.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Bhagu with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and set out for the Eastern Bamboo Park.
Tepi kho āyasmanto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Those venerables bowed and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to Anuruddha,

mn132 Ānandabhaddekarattasutta Ānanda and One Fine Night āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,

mn133 Mahākaccānabhaddekarattasutta Mahākaccāna and One Fine Night ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 16 1 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ tapodaṁ obhāsetvā yenāyasmā samiddhi tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā āyasmantaṁ samiddhiṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire hot springs, went up to Samiddhi, stood to one side, and said to Samiddhi:
Atha kho āyasmā samiddhi tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā samiddhi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, when the night had passed, Samiddhi went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then he added:
Atha kho bhante, aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ tapodaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā maṁ etadavoca:
mn133
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā”ti.
Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter.”
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. They told him what had happened, and said:
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti.
mn133
Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Mahākaccāna said, rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti.
mn133
Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkamimha; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipucchimha.
mn133

mn134 Lomasakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasutta Lomasakaṅgiya and One Fine Night ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 7 0 En Ru

Atha kho candano devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ nigrodhārāmaṁ obhāsetvā yenāyasmā lomasakaṅgiyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho candano devaputto āyasmantaṁ lomasakaṅgiyaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, the glorious god Candana, lighting up the entire Banyan Tree Monastery, went up to the Venerable Lomasakaṅgiya, and stood to one side. Standing to one side, he said to Lomasakaṅgiya:
Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena sāvatthi jetavanaṁ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā lomasakaṅgiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Eventually he came to Sāvatthī and Jeta’s Grove. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then he added:
Atha kho, bhante, aññataro devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ nigrodhārāmaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, bhante, so devaputto maṁ etadavoca:

mn135 Cūḷakammavibhaṅgasutta The Shorter Analysis of Deeds ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

mn136 Mahākammavibhaṅgasutta The Longer Analysis of Deeds ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 10 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho potaliputto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ samiddhiṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā samiddhi yāvatako ahosi potaliputtena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ āyasmato ānandassa ārocesi.
and informed Ānanda of all they had discussed.
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ samiddhiṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, Ānanda said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā ca ānando āyasmā ca samiddhi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then Ānanda and Samiddhi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi āyasmato samiddhissa potaliputtena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and told him what had happened.
Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When they had spoken, the Buddha said to Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
But the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda, Atha kho → evaṁ vutte (sya-all, km)

mn138 Uddesavibhaṅgasutta The Analysis of a Recitation Passage āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 9 1 En Ru

Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā”ti.
Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter.”
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. They told him what had happened, and said,
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti—
mn138
Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Mahākaccāna said, rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti.
mn138
Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkamimha; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipucchimha.
mn138

mn140 Dhātuvibhaṅgasutta The Analysis of the Elements āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 7 3 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā yenāyasmā pukkusāti tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ pukkusātiṁ etadavoca:
Then the Buddha approached Venerable Pukkusāti and said,
Atha kho bhagavā kumbhakārāvesanaṁ pavisitvā ekamantaṁ tiṇasanthārakaṁ paññāpetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.
Then the Buddha entered the workshop and spread out a grass mat to one side. He sat down cross-legged, set his body straight, and established mindfulness in front of him.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ pukkusātiṁ etadavoca:
So the Buddha said to Pukkusāti,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ pukkusātiṁ āmantesi:
So the Buddha said to Pukkusāti,
Atha kho āyasmantaṁ pukkusātiṁ pattacīvarapariyesanaṁ carantaṁ vibbhantā gāvī jīvitā voropesi.
But while he was wandering in search of a bowl and robes, a stray cow took his life. vibbhantā gāvī → bhantagāvī (si, pts1ed), vibhantagāvī (si), gāvī (sya-all, km)
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

mn142 Dakkhiṇāvibhaṅgasutta The Analysis of Religious Donations ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahāpajāpati gotamī navaṁ dussayugaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī approached the Buddha bringing a new pair of garments. She bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha, mahāpajāpati → mahāpajāpatī (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)

mn143 Anāthapiṇḍikovādasutta Advice to Anāthapiṇḍika ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 10 4 En Ru

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that man replied. He did as Anāthapiṇḍika asked.
Yena cāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
mn143
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the glorious god Anāthapiṇḍika, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
and addressed the Buddha in verse:
“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññataro devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
mn143
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho so devaputto maṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
mn143

mn144 Channovādasutta Advice to Channa āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 12 4 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahācundo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahācunda and said to him,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ channaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. Then Sāriputta said to Channa,
Yāpetāyasmā channo. Yāpentaṁ mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ icchāma.
Venerable Channa, keep going! We want you to keep going.
Sace āyasmato channassa natthi patirūpā upaṭṭhākā, ahaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ upaṭṭhahissāmi.
If you don’t have a capable carer, we’ll find one for you.
Yāpetāyasmā channo. Yāpentaṁ mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ icchāmā”ti.
Venerable Channa, keep going! We want you to keep going.”
“Puccheyyāma mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ kañcideva desaṁ, sace āyasmā channo okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti.
“I’d like to ask you about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.”
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahācundo āyasmantaṁ channaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Mahācunda said to Venerable Channa:
Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahācundo āyasmantaṁ channaṁ iminā ovādena ovaditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁsu.
And when the venerables Sāriputta and Mahācunda had given Venerable Channa this advice they got up from their seat and left.
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

mn145 Puṇṇovādasutta Advice to Puṇṇa ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Puṇṇa came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha,
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

mn146 Nandakovādasutta Advice from Nandaka ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 19 16 En Ru

Atha kho mahāpajāpatigotamī pañcamattehi bhikkhunisatehi saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho mahāpajāpatigotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī together with around five hundred nuns approached the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Nandaka,
Addasaṁsu kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
Those nuns saw him coming off in the distance,
Tāpi kho bhikkhuniyo āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Those nuns bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmā nandako etadavoca:
Nandaka said to them,
Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmato nandakassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca:
And then those nuns approved and agreed with what Nandaka had said. They got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled him, keeping him on their right. Then they went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to them,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Nandaka,
Addasaṁsu kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
mn146
Tāpi kho bhikkhuniyo āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
mn146
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmā nandako etadavoca:
mn146
Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmato nandakassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca:
mn146

mn147 Cūḷarāhulovādasutta The Shorter Advice to Rāhula āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ āmantesi:
Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Rāhula,
“ajja bhagavā āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ uttariṁ āsavānaṁ khaye vinessatī”ti.
“Today the Buddha will lead Rāhula further to the ending of defilements!”
Āyasmāpi kho rāhulo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Rāhula bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him:

mn150 Nagaravindeyyasutta With the People of Nagaravinda ekamantaṁ 6 1 En Ru

Atha kho nagaravindeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu; sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho nagaravindeyyake brāhmaṇagahapatike bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the brahmins and householders of Nagaravinda went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. The Buddha said to them:

mn151 Piṇḍapātapārisuddhisutta The Purification of Alms ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

mn152 Indriyabhāvanāsutta The Development of the Faculties ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 6 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho uttaraṁ māṇavaṁ pārāsiviyantevāsiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,
Atha kho bhagavā uttaraṁ māṇavaṁ pārāsiviyantevāsiṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ maṅkubhūtaṁ pattakkhandhaṁ adhomukhaṁ pajjhāyantaṁ appaṭibhānaṁ viditvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Knowing this, the Buddha addressed Venerable Ānanda,

sn1.1 Oghataraṇasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Crossing the Flood ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,

sn1.2 Nimokkhasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Liberation ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,

sn1.3 Upanīyasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Led On ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.4 Accentisutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Time Flies ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.5 Katichindasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Cut How Many? ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.6 Jāgarasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Awake ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.7 Appaṭividitasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Not Comprehending ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.8 Susammuṭṭhasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Very Confused ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.9 Mānakāmasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Fond of Conceit ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.10 Araññasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Wilderness ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn1.12 Nandatisutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Delight ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.13 Natthiputtasamasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ There’s Nothing Like a Child ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.20 Samiddhisutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ With Samiddhi āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ tapodaṁ obhāsetvā yena āyasmā samiddhi tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā vehāsaṁ ṭhitā āyasmantaṁ samiddhiṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire hot springs, went up to Samiddhi, and, standing in the air, addressed him in verse:
Atha kho sā devatā pathaviyaṁ patiṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṁ samiddhiṁ etadavoca:
Then that deity landed on the ground and said to Samiddhi, pathaviyaṁ → paṭhaviyaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts2ed)
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā samiddhi tassā devatāya paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā samiddhi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, good sir,” Venerable Samiddhi replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then he added:
Evaṁ vutte, sā devatā āyasmantaṁ samiddhiṁ etadavoca:
When he had spoken, that deity said to Samiddhi,

sn1.21 Sattisutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ A Sword ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.31 Sabbhisutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Virtuous ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
Then, late at night, several glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.32 Maccharisutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Stinginess ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
Then, late at night, several glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.33 Sādhusutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Good ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
Then, late at night, several glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:
Standing to one side, one deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.34 Nasantisutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ There Are None ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
Then, late at night, several glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.36 Saddhāsutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Faith ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
Then, late at night, several glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.37 Samayasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ The Congregation ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho tā devatā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
They bowed to the Buddha and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.38 Sakalikasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ A Splinter ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sattasatā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ maddakucchiṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
Then, late at night, seven hundred glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Maddakucchi, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:
Standing to one side, one deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.39 Paṭhamapajjunnadhītusutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ With Pajjunna’s Daughter (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho kokanadā pajjunnassa dhītā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ mahāvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the beautiful Kokanadā, Pajjunna’s daughter, lighting up the entire Great Wood, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā kokanadā pajjunnassa dhītā bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.40 Dutiyapajjunnadhītusuttaṁ Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ With Pajjunna’s Daughter (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho cūḷakokanadā pajjunnassa dhītā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ mahāvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the beautiful Kokanadā the Younger, Pajjunna’s daughter, lighting up the entire Great Wood, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, cūḷakokanadā → cullakokanadā (bj, sya-all, km, pts2ed)
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā cūḷakokanadā pajjunnassa dhītā bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.41 Ādittasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ On Fire ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:

sn1.71 Chetvāsutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Incinerated ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Standing to one side, that deity addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn2.1 Paṭhamakassapasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Kassapa (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho kassapo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kassapo devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, the glorious god Kassapa, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,

sn2.2 Dutiyakassapasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Kassapa (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kassapo devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Kassapa recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn2.3 Māghasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Māgha ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho māgho devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the glorious god Māgha, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho māgho devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
and addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn2.4 Māgadhasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Māghadha ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho māgadho devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Māgadha addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn2.5 Dāmalisutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Dāmali ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho dāmali devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the glorious god Dāmali, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho dāmali devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn2.6 Kāmadasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Kāmada ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kāmado devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Standing to one side, the god Kāmada said to the Buddha,

sn2.7 Pañcālacaṇḍasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Pañcālacaṇḍa ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho pañcālacaṇḍo devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Pañcālacaṇḍa recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn2.8 Tāyanasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Tāyana ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho tāyano devaputto purāṇatitthakaro abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the glorious god Tāyana, formerly a religious founder, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho tāyano devaputto bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:
“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ tāyano nāma devaputto purāṇatitthakaro abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
“Mendicants, tonight, the glorious god Tāyana, formerly a religious founder, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, bhikkhave, tāyano devaputto mama santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
and recited these verses in my presence.” The Buddha repeated the verses in full, adding:

sn2.9 Candimasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ The Moon ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho rāhu asurindo candimaṁ devaputtaṁ muñcitvā taramānarūpo yena vepacitti asurindo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā saṁviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then Rāhu, having released the Moon, rushed to see Vepacitti, lord of titans and stood to one side, shocked and awestruck.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho rāhuṁ asurindaṁ vepacitti asurindo gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Vepacitti addressed him in verse:

sn2.10 Sūriyasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ The Sun ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho rāhu asurindo sūriyaṁ devaputtaṁ muñcitvā taramānarūpo yena vepacitti asurindo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā saṁviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then Rāhu, having released the Sun, rushed to see Vepacitti, lord of titans and stood to one side, shocked and awestruck.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho rāhuṁ asurindaṁ vepacitti asurindo gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Vepacitti addressed him in verse:

sn2.11 Candimasasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Candimasa ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho candimaso devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the glorious god Candimasa, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, candimaso → candimāso (mr) "
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho candimaso devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn2.12 Veṇḍusutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Vishnu ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho veṇḍu devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Vishnu recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence: veṇḍu → veṇhu (bj, pts2ed)

sn2.13 Dīghalaṭṭhisutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Dīghalaṭṭhi ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho dīghalaṭṭhi devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ veḷuvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the glorious god Dīghalaṭṭhi, lighting up the entire Bamboo Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho dīghalaṭṭhi devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn2.14 Nandanasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Nandana ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho nandano devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Nandana addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn2.15 Candanasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Candana ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho candano devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Candana addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn2.16 Vāsudattasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Vāsudatta ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho vāsudatto devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Vāsudatta recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn2.17 Subrahmasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Subrahmā ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho subrahmā devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Subrahmā addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn2.18 Kakudhasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Kakudha ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho kakudho devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ añjanavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kakudho devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, the glorious god Kakudha, lighting up the entire Añjana Wood, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,

sn2.19 Uttarasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Uttara ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho uttaro devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Uttara recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn2.20 Anāthapiṇḍikasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Anāthapiṇḍika ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Anāthapiṇḍika recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:
“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññataro devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
“Mendicants, tonight, a certain glorious god, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, bhikkhave, so devaputto mama santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
and recited these verses in my presence.” The Buddha then repeated the verses in full.

sn2.21 Sivasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Shiva ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sivo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the glorious god Shiva, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sivo devaputto bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:

sn2.22 Khemasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Khema ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho khemo devaputto bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Khema recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:

sn2.23 Serīsutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Serī ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho serī devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Serī addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn2.24 Ghaṭīkārasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Ghaṭīkāra ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho ghaṭīkāro devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Ghaṭīkāra recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn2.26 Rohitassasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Rohitassa ekamantaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho rohitasso devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Standing to one side, the god Rohitassa said to the Buddha:

sn2.27 Nandasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Nanda ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho nando devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Nanda recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn2.28 Nandivisālasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Nandivisāla ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho nandivisālo devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Nandivisāla addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn2.29 Susimasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Susīma ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 7 4 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,
Atha kho susimo devaputto āyasmato sāriputtassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne mahatiyā devaputtaparisāya parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho susimo devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
While this praise of Sāriputta was being spoken, the god Susīma approached the Buddha, escorted by a large assembly of gods. He bowed, stood to one side, and said to him: susimo → susīmo (bj, pts2ed)
Atha kho susimo devaputto āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Then the god Susīma recited this verse about Venerable Sāriputta in the Buddha’s presence:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ ārabbha susimaṁ devaputtaṁ gāthāya paccabhāsi:
Then the Buddha replied to Susīma with this verse about Venerable Sāriputta:

sn2.30 Nānātitthiyasāvakasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ The Disciples of Various Monastics of Other Religions ekamantaṁ pāpimantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā nānātitthiyasāvakā devaputtā asamo ca sahali ca nīko ca ākoṭako ca vegabbhari ca māṇavagāmiyo ca abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ veḷuvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
Then, late at night, several glorious gods lit up the entire Bamboo Grove. They were Asama, Sahalī, Niṅka, Ākoṭaka, Vetambarī, and Māṇavagāmiya, and all of them were disciples of various monastics of other religions. They went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. sahali → sahalī (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed, pts2ed) | nīko → niṅko (bj, pts1ed); niko (sya-all, km, pts2ed) | vegabbhari ca → veṭambarī ca (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed, pts2ed)
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho asamo devaputto pūraṇaṁ kassapaṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
Standing to one side, the god Asama recited this verse about Pūraṇa Kassapa in the Buddha’s presence:
Atha kho bhagavā “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya paccabhāsi:
Then the Buddha, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, replied to him in verse:

sn3.1 Daharasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Young ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,

sn3.2 Purisasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ A Person ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha,

sn3.3 Jarāmaraṇasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Old Age and Death ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,

sn3.4 Piyasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Loved ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,

sn3.5 Attarakkhitasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Self-Protected ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,

sn3.6 Appakasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Few ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,

sn3.7 Aḍḍakaraṇasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Judgment ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,

sn3.8 Mallikāsutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ With Queen Mallikā ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo pāsādā orohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then King Pasenadi of Kosala came downstairs from the stilt longhouse, went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

sn3.9 Yaññasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Sacrifice ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.

sn3.10 Bandhanasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Shackles ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.

sn3.11 Sattajaṭilasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Seven Matted-Hair Ascetics ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo acirapakkantesu tesu sattasu ca jaṭilesu sattasu ca nigaṇṭhesu sattasu ca acelakesu sattasu ca ekasāṭakesu sattasu ca paribbājakesu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, soon after those ascetics had left, King Pasenadi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn3.12 Pañcarājasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Five Kings ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho te pañca rājāno pasenadipamukhā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then those five kings headed by Pasenadi went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. King Pasenadi reported their conversation to the Buddha, and said,

sn3.13 Doṇapākasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ A Bucket of Rice ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhuttāvī mahassāsī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then after eating King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, huffing and puffing. He bowed and sat down to one side.

sn3.14 Paṭhamasaṅgāmasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Battle (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then the Buddha said:

sn3.15 Dutiyasaṅgāmasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Battle (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
told the Buddha what had happened.

sn3.16 Mallikāsutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ A Daughter ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.

sn3.17 Appamādasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Diligence ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
sn3.17
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,

sn3.18 Kalyāṇamittasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Good Friends ekamantaṁ sammākammantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,
Atha kho, mahārāja, ānando bhikkhu yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, mahārāja, ānando bhikkhu maṁ etadavoca:
Then the mendicant Ānanda came to me, bowed, sat down to one side, and said:
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiṁ bhāveti vivekanissitaṁ virāganissitaṁ nirodhanissitaṁ vossaggapariṇāmiṁ, sammāsaṅkappaṁ bhāveti … sammāvācaṁ bhāveti … sammākammantaṁ bhāveti … sammāājīvaṁ bhāveti … sammāvāyāmaṁ bhāveti … sammāsatiṁ bhāveti … sammāsamādhiṁ bhāveti vivekanissitaṁ virāganissitaṁ nirodhanissitaṁ vossaggapariṇāmiṁ.
It’s when a mendicant develops right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right immersion, which rely on seclusion, fading away, and cessation, and ripen as letting go.

sn3.19 Paṭhamaaputtakasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Childless (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo divā divassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha in the middle of the day, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

sn3.20 Dutiyaaputtakasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Childless (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo divā divassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha in the middle of the day … The Buddha said to him,

sn3.21 Puggalasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Persons ekamantaṁ 2 4 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn3.22 Ayyikāsutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Grandmother ekamantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
King Pasenadi of Kosala sat to one side, and the Buddha said to him,

sn3.23 Lokasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ The World ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,

sn3.24 Issattasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Archery ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,

sn3.25 Pabbatūpamasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ The Simile of the Mountain ekamantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
King Pasenadi of Kosala sat to one side, and the Buddha said to him,

sn4.1 Tapokammasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ Mortification pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
Then the Buddha, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, replied to him in verse:

sn4.2 Hatthirājavaṇṇasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ In the Form of an Elephant King pāpimantaṁ 1 3 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then the Buddha, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, addressed him in verse:

sn4.3 Subhasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ Beautiful pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
Then the Buddha, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, replied to him in verse:

sn4.6 Sappasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ A Serpent pāpimantaṁ 1 5 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
Then the Buddha, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, replied to him in verse:

sn4.11 Pāsāṇasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ Boulders pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then the Buddha, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, addressed him in verse:

sn4.16 Pattasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ The Alms Bowls pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then the Buddha, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, addressed him in verse:

sn4.17 Chaphassāyatanasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ The Six Fields of Contact pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then the Buddha, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, addressed him in verse:

sn4.21 Sambahulasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ Several ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then those mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said,

sn4.22 Samiddhisutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ With Samiddhi ekamantaṁ pāpimantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā samiddhi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno āyasmā samiddhi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Samiddhi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said,
Atha kho āyasmā samiddhi māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then Samiddhi addressed Māra the Wicked One in verse:

sn4.23 Godhikasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ With Godhika pāpimantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then the Buddha, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, addressed him in verse:
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ godhikaṁ dūratova mañcake vivattakkhandhaṁ semānaṁ.
The Buddha saw Godhika off in the distance lying on his cot, having cast off the aggregates. semānaṁ → soppamānaṁ (bj, mr); seyyamānaṁ (sya-all, km)

sn4.25 Māradhītusutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ Māra’s Daughters pāpimantaṁ ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro yena māro pāpimā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsiṁsu:
Then Māra’s daughters Craving, Delight, and Lust went up to Māra the Wicked, and addressed him in verse: arati → aratī (sya1ed, sya2ed) | ragā → rāgā (sya-all)
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro ekamantaṁ apakkamma evaṁ samacintesuṁ:
Then Craving, Delight, and Lust withdrew to one side to think up a plan.
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro ekamantaṁ apakkamma evaṁ samacintesuṁ:
Then Craving, Delight, and Lust withdrew to one side to think up a plan.
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro ekamantaṁ apakkamma etadavocuṁ:
Then Craving, Delight, and Lust withdrew to one side and said,
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
Then Māra’s daughters Craving, Delight, and Lust went up to the Buddha, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho taṇhā māradhītā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Māra’s daughter Craving addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn5.1 Āḷavikāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Āḷavikā pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āḷavikā bhikkhunī “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāhi paccabhāsi:
Then Āḷavikā, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, replied to him in verse:

sn5.2 Somāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Somā pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho somā bhikkhunī “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāhi paccabhāsi:
Then Somā, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, replied to him in verse:

sn5.3 Kisāgotamīsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Kisāgotamī pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho kisāgotamī bhikkhunī “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāhi paccabhāsi:
Then Kisāgotamī, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, replied to him in verse:

sn5.4 Vijayāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Vijayā pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho vijayā bhikkhunī “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāhi paccabhāsi:
Then Vijayā, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, replied to him in verse:

sn5.5 Uppalavaṇṇāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Uppalavaṇṇā pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāhi paccabhāsi:
Then Uppalavaṇṇā, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, replied to him in verse:

sn5.9 Selāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Selā pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho selā bhikkhunī “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāhi paccabhāsi:
Then Selā, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, replied to him in verse:

sn5.10 Vajirāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Vajirā pāpimantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho vajirā bhikkhunī “māro ayaṁ pāpimā” iti viditvā, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāhi paccabhāsi:
Then Vajirā, knowing that this was Māra the Wicked, replied to him in verse:

sn6.4 Bakabrahmasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ With Baka the Brahmā sambuddhimantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sambuddhimantaṁ vatinaṁ amaññi;
You thought he was intelligent and loyal. Sambuddhimantaṁ → sambuddhivantaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)

sn6.5 Aññatarabrahmasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ A Certain Brahmā āyasmantaṁ 2 8 En Ru

“ehi tvaṁ, mārisa, yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ evaṁ vadehi:
“Please, good sir, go up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna and say to him:
“Evaṁ, mārisā”ti kho so brahmapārisajjo tassa brahmuno paṭissutvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, good sir,” replied that retinue member. He went to Moggallāna and asked as instructed.

sn6.10 Kokālikasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ With Kokālika ekamantaṁ 6 10 En Ru

Atha kho kokāliko bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kokāliko bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the mendicant Kokālika went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then, late at night, the beautiful Brahmā Sahampati, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
“imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati maṁ etadavoca:
sn6.10

sn6.11 Sanaṅkumārasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ With Sanaṅkumāra ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho brahmā sanaṅkumāro abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ sappinītīraṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the beautiful Brahmā Sanaṅkumāra, lighting up the entire Sappinī riverbank, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho brahmā sanaṅkumāro bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn6.12 Devadattasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ About Devadatta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the beautiful Brahmā Sahampati, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho brahmā sahampati devadattaṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:
and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:

sn6.13 Andhakavindasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ At Andhakavinda ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ andhakavindaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then, late at night, the beautiful Brahmā Sahampati, lighting up the entirety of Andhakavinda, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:

sn7.1 Dhanañjānīsutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Dhanañjānī ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
and addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn7.4 Bilaṅgikasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Bhāradvāja the Bitter ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“bhāradvājagotto kira brāhmaṇo samaṇassa gotamassa santike agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti kupito anattamano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tuṇhībhūto ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
a brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan had gone forth from the lay life to homelessness in the presence of the ascetic Gotama. Angry and displeased he went to the Buddha and stood silently to one side.

sn7.5 Ahiṁsakasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ Harmless ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahiṁsakabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said,

sn7.6 Jaṭāsutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Bhāradvāja of the Matted Hair ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jaṭābhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
and addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn7.7 Suddhikasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Bhāradvāja the Pure ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho suddhikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ ajjhabhāsi:
and recited this verse in his presence:

sn7.8 Aggikasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Bhāradvāja the Fire-Worshiper ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Rājagahe sapadānaṁ piṇḍāya caramāno yena aggikabhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Wandering indiscriminately for almsfood in Rājagaha, he approached Bhāradvāja the Fire-Worshiper’s home and stood to one side.

sn7.9 Sundarikasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Sundarikabhāradvāja ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo saṁviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then the brahmin Sundarikabhāradvāja, shocked and awestruck, went up to the Buddha, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sundarikabhāradvājaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ bhagavā gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
The Buddha addressed him in verse:

sn7.11 Kasibhāradvājasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Bhāradvāja the Farmer ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā yena parivesanā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then the Buddha went to where the distribution was taking place and stood to one side.

sn7.13 Devahitasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Devahita āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 7 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Upavāna,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena devahitassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tuṇhībhūto ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
“Yes, sir,” replied Upavāna. He robed up, and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the brahmin Devahita, and stood silently to one side.
Addasā kho devahito brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ.
Devahita saw him standing there
Disvāna āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
and addressed him in verse:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho devahito brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
and addressed the Buddha in verse:

sn7.14 Mahāsālasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ A well-to-do brahmin ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ brāhmaṇamahāsālaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho brāhmaṇamahāsālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

sn7.15 Mānatthaddhasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ Stuck-Up ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tuṇhībhūto ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then the brahmin Stuck-Up went up to the Buddha, and stood silently to one side.

sn7.16 Paccanīkasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ The Contraphile caṅkamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho paccanīkasāto brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the brahmin Contraphile went up to the Buddha, and said to him as he was walking,

sn7.17 Navakammikasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ The Builder kammantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena navakammikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe kammantaṁ kārāpeti.
Now at that time the brahmin Bhāradvāja the Builder was doing some building work in that jungle thicket.
“ahaṁ kho imasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe kammantaṁ kārāpento ramāmi.
“I enjoy doing this building work here in the jungle.

sn7.19 Mātuposakasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ The Brahmin Who Provided for His Mother ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mātuposako brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,

sn7.20 Bhikkhakasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ A Beggar ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bhikkhako brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,

sn7.21 Saṅgāravasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Saṅgārava ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
He wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho saṅgāravaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

sn8.4 Ānandasutta Vaṅgīsasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then he addressed Ānanda in verse:

sn8.6 Sāriputtasutta Vaṅgīsasaṁyuttaṁ With Sāriputta āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Yannūnāhaṁ āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan”ti.
Why don’t I extoll him in his presence with fitting verses?”
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Vaṅgīsa got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward Sāriputta, and said,
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:
Then Vaṅgīsa extolled Sāriputta in his presence with fitting verses:

sn8.9 Koṇḍaññasutta Vaṅgīsasaṁyuttaṁ With Koṇḍañña āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Yannūnāhaṁ āyasmantaṁ aññāsikoṇḍaññaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan”ti.
Why don’t I extoll him in the Buddha’s presence with fitting verses?”
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso āyasmantaṁ aññāsikoṇḍaññaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:
Then Vaṅgīsa extolled Koṇḍañña in the Buddha’s presence with fitting verses:

sn8.10 Moggallānasutta Vaṅgīsasaṁyuttaṁ With Moggallāna āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Yannūnāhaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan”ti.
Why don’t I extoll him in the Buddha’s presence with fitting verses?”
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:
Then Vaṅgīsa extolled Mahāmoggallāna in his presence with fitting verses:

sn9.3 Kassapagottasutta Vanasaṁyuttaṁ With Kassapagotta āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho yā tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā āyasmantaṁ kassapagottaṁ saṁvejetukāmā yenāyasmā kassapagotto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ kassapagottaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
Then the deity haunting that forest approached Kassapagotta wanting to stir him up, and recited these verses:

sn9.5 Ānandasutta Vanasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho yā tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā āyasmato ānandassa anukampikā atthakāmā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ saṁvejetukāmā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then the deity haunting that forest had compassion for Ānanda, wanting what’s best for him. So they approached him wanting to stir him up, and recited these verses:

sn9.6 Anuruddhasutta Vanasaṁyuttaṁ With Anuruddha āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññatarā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatā jālinī nāma āyasmato anuruddhassa purāṇadutiyikā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then a certain deity of the company of the Thirty-Three named Penelope had been Anuruddha’s partner in a former life. She went up to Anuruddha, and recited these verses:

sn9.7 Nāgadattasutta Vanasaṁyuttaṁ With Nāgadatta āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho yā tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe adhivatthā devatā āyasmato nāgadattassa anukampikā atthakāmā āyasmantaṁ nāgadattaṁ saṁvejetukāmā yenāyasmā nāgadatto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ nāgadattaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
Then the deity haunting that forest had compassion for Nāgadatta, wanting what’s best for him. So they approached him wanting to stir him up, and recited these verses:

sn11.13 Mahālisutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ With Mahāli ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahāli licchavī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahāli licchavī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahāli the Licchavi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn11.15 Rāmaṇeyyakasutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ Delightful ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sakko devānamindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
And then Sakka, lord of gods, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,

sn11.16 Yajamānasutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ Sponsoring Sacrifice ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sakko devānamindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
And then Sakka, lord of gods, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
and addressed him in verse:

sn11.21 Chetvāsutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ Incinerated ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sakko devānamindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
And then Sakka, lord of gods, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
and addressed him in verse:

sn11.24 Accayasutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ Transgression ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

sn12.15 Kaccānagottasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Kaccānagotta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā kaccānagotto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kaccānagotto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Kaccānagotta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn12.16 Dhammakathikasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ A Dhamma Speaker ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn12.17 Acelakassapasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ With Kassapa, the Naked Ascetic ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side, and said to the Buddha,

sn12.18 Timbarukasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ With Timbaruka ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho timbaruko paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

sn12.24 Aññatitthiyasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Followers of Other Religions ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 8 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. The wanderers said to him:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Rājagaha. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho maṁ, ānanda, te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side. …”
Kathaṁ byākaramānā ca mayaṁ vuttavādino ceva āyasmato gotamassa assāma, na ca āyasmantaṁ gotamaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā’ti?
sn12.24

sn12.25 Bhūmijasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ With Bhūmija ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bhūmijo āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa āyasmatā bhūmijena saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.

sn12.26 Upavāṇasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ With Upavāna ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā upavāṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Upavāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn12.31 Bhūtasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ What Has Come to Be āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Tatra kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta,
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi …pe…
For a second time …
Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
For a third time …

sn12.32 Kaḷārasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ With Kaḷāra the Aristocrat ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 11 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him,
Atha kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Kaḷāra the Aristocrat went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Sāriputta and said to him,
“Evaṁ, āvuso”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” replied Sāriputta. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,
Atha kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Kaḷāra the Aristocrat went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn12.41 Pañcaverabhayasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Dangers and Threats ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Seated to one side, the Buddha said to the householder Anāthapiṇḍika:

sn12.46 Aññatarabrāhmaṇasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ A Certain Brahmin ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

sn12.47 Jāṇussoṇisutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Jānussoṇi ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:

sn12.48 Lokāyatikasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ A Cosmologist ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:

sn12.60 Nidānasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Sources ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

sn12.67 Naḷakalāpīsutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Bundles of Reeds ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Sāriputta:

sn12.68 Kosambisutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ At Kosambī āyasmantaṁ 6 1 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā paviṭṭho āyasmantaṁ musilaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Saviṭṭha said to Venerable Musīla:
Atha kho āyasmā nārado āyasmantaṁ paviṭṭhaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Nārada said to Venerable Saviṭṭha,
Pucchāmahaṁ āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ etaṁ pañhaṁ.
I’ll ask you
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ paviṭṭhaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to Venerable Saviṭṭha,
“evaṁvādī tvaṁ, āvuso paviṭṭha, āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ kiṁ vadesī”ti?
“Reverend Saviṭṭha, what do you have to say to Venerable Nārada when he speaks like this?” evaṁvādī → evaṁvādiṁ (?) "
“Evaṁvādāhaṁ, āvuso ānanda, āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ na kiñci vadāmi aññatra kalyāṇā aññatra kusalā”ti.
“Reverend Ānanda, I have nothing to say to Venerable Nārada when he speaks like this, except what is good and wholesome.” "

sn12.70 Susimaparibbājakasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ The Wanderer Susīma ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 9 9 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho susimo paribbājako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando susimaṁ paribbājakaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ānanda took Susīma to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā susimo te bhikkhū etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to those mendicants,
Atha kho āyasmā susimo uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Susīma went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā susimo yāvatako tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with those mendicants.

sn15.5 Pabbatasutta Anamataggasaṁyuttaṁ A Mountain ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and asked him,

sn15.6 Sāsapasutta Anamataggasaṁyuttaṁ A Mustard Seed ekamantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn15.7 Sāvakasutta Anamataggasaṁyuttaṁ Disciples ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn15.8 Gaṅgāsutta Anamataggasaṁyuttaṁ The Ganges ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and asked the Buddha,

sn15.13 Tiṁsamattasutta Anamataggasaṁyuttaṁ Thirty Mendicants ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho tiṁsamattā pāveyyakā bhikkhū sabbe āraññikā sabbe piṇḍapātikā sabbe paṁsukūlikā sabbe tecīvarikā sabbe sasaṁyojanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then thirty mendicants from Pāvā went to the Buddha. All of them lived in the wilderness, ate only almsfood, wore rag robes, and owned just three robes; yet they all still had fetters. They bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side. pāveyyakā → pāṭheyyakā (bj); paveyyakā (pts1ed, pts2ed)

sn16.2 Anottappīsutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Imprudent ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Mahākassapa:

sn16.5 Jiṇṇasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Old Age ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Mahākassapa went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn16.6 Ovādasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Advice ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Mahākassapa went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:

sn16.7 Dutiyaovādasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Advice (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 4 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him,

sn16.8 Tatiyaovādasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Advice (3rd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Mahākassapa went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn16.10 Upassayasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ The Nuns’ Quarters āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 7 1 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Mahākassapa and said,
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca:
And a second time …
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca:
And a third time, Ānanda said,
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhuniyo yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
And then several nuns went up to Mahākassapa, bowed, and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmā mahākassapo dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
Mahākassapa educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired those nuns with a Dhamma talk,
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
and he said to Ānanda,

sn16.11 Cīvarasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Robes āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando dakkhiṇagirismiṁ yathābhirantaṁ cārikaṁ caritvā yena rājagahaṁ veḷuvanaṁ kalandakanivāpo yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āyasmā mahākassapo etadavoca:
When Venerable Ānanda had wandered in the Southern Hills as long as he pleased, he set out for Rājagaha, to the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. He went up to Venerable Mahākassapa, bowed, and sat down to one side. Mahākassapa said to him:
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
and he said to Ānanda,

sn16.12 Paraṁmaraṇasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ The Realized One After Death ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Mahākassapa:

sn16.13 Saddhammappatirūpakasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ The Counterfeit of the True Teaching ekamantaṁ 2 3 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Mahākassapa went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn17.36 Pañcarathasatasutta Lābhasakkārasaṁyuttaṁ Five Hundred Carts ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn18.1 Cakkhusutta Rāhulasaṁyuttaṁ The Eye, Etc. ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn18.11 Cakkhusutta Rāhulasaṁyuttaṁ The Eye, Etc. ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn18.21 Anusayasutta Rāhulasaṁyuttaṁ Tendency ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn18.22 Apagatasutta Rāhulasaṁyuttaṁ Rid of Conceit ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn19.1 Aṭṭhisutta Lakkhaṇasaṁyuttaṁ A Skeleton āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yenāyasmā lakkhaṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahāmoggallāna robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Lakkhaṇa and said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
So Lakkhaṇa said to Mahāmoggallāna,
Atha kho āyasmā ca lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
Then Lakkhaṇa and Mahāmoggallāna wandered for alms in Rājagaha. After the meal, on their return from almsround, they went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Lakkhaṇa said to Mahāmoggallāna:

sn20.9 Nāgasutta Opammasaṁyuttaṁ A Bull Elephant ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
And then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said:

sn20.10 Biḷārasutta Opammasaṁyuttaṁ A Cat ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
And then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said:

sn21.2 Upatissasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ With Upatissa āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to him,

sn21.3 Ghaṭasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ A Mound of Salt ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 4 2 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sāriputta sat down to one side, and said to Mahāmoggallāna:
udāhu bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ iddhiyā upasaṅkamī”ti?
or did he come to you?”

sn21.4 Navasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ A Junior Mendicant ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
“Evamāvuso”ti kho so bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ bhikkhuṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” that monk replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn21.5 Sujātasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ With Sujāta āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sujātaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
The Buddha saw him coming off in the distance,

sn21.6 Lakuṇḍakabhaddiyasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ With Bhaddiya the Dwarf āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
The Buddha saw him coming off in the distance,

sn21.7 Visākhasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ With Visākha, Pañcāli’s Son āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ visākhaṁ pañcālaputtaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Visākha:

sn21.8 Nandasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ With Nanda ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā nando bhagavato mātucchāputto ākoṭitapaccākoṭitāni cīvarāni pārupitvā akkhīni añjetvā acchaṁ pattaṁ gahetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ nandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Nanda—the Buddha’s cousin on his mother’s side—dressed in nicely pressed and ironed robes, applied eyeshadow, and took a polished black bowl. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn21.9 Tissasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ With Tissa ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā tisso bhagavato pitucchāputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ tissaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Tissa—the Buddha’s cousin on his father’s side—went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. He was miserable and sad, with tears flowing. Then the Buddha said to him:
“kiṁ nu kho tvaṁ, tissa, ekamantaṁ nisinno dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno”ti?
“Tissa, why are you sitting there so miserable and sad, with tears flowing?”

sn21.10 Theranāmakasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ A Mendicant Named Senior ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā thero tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ theraṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Venerable Senior and said to him,
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā thero tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ theraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” that monk replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn21.11 Mahākappinasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ With Mahākappina āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākappinaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
The Buddha saw him coming off in the distance,

sn22.1 Nakulapitusutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Nakula’s Father ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ vatāyasmantaṁyeva 8 0 En Ru

Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nakulapitā gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Nakula’s father went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:
Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nakulapitaraṁ gahapatiṁ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:
And then the householder Nakula’s father approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went up to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, and sat down to one side. Sāriputta said to him:
“Idhāhaṁ, bhante, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
So Nakula’s father told Sāriputta all that had happened, and said,
Sādhu vatāyasmantaṁyeva sāriputtaṁ paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho”ti.
May Venerable Sāriputta himself please clarify the meaning of this.”

sn22.2 Devadahasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ At Devadaha ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ vatāyasmantaṁyeva 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā pacchābhūmagamikā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants who were heading for the west went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to him, sāraṇīyaṁ → sārāṇīyaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
Sādhu vatāyasmantaṁyeva sāriputtaṁ paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho”ti.
May Venerable Sāriputta himself please clarify the meaning of this.”

sn22.3 Hāliddikānisutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Hāliddikāni āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Hāliddikāni went up to Venerable Mahākaccāna, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, hāliddikāni → haliddikāni (sya-all)

sn22.4 Dutiyahāliddikānisutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Hāliddikāni (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā mahākaccāno …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Hāliddikāni went up to Venerable Mahākaccāna … and asked him,

sn22.21 Ānandasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

sn22.35 Aññatarabhikkhusutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ A Mendicant ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn22.36 Dutiyaaññatarabhikkhusutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ A Mendicant (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn22.37 Ānandasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
sitting to one side, the Buddha said to him:

sn22.38 Dutiyaānandasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Sitting to one side, the Buddha said to Ānanda:

sn22.49 Soṇasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Soṇa ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho soṇaṁ gahapatiputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him:

sn22.50 Dutiyasoṇasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Soṇa (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho soṇo gahapatiputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho soṇaṁ gahapatiputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Soṇa went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn22.60 Mahālisutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Mahāli ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahāli licchavi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahāli licchavi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahāli the Licchavi went up to the Buddha … and said to him:

sn22.63 Upādiyamānasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ When You Grasp ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn22.64 Maññamānasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Conceiving ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn22.65 Abhinandamānasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ When You Take Pleasure ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn22.66 Aniccasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Impermanence ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn22.67 Dukkhasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Suffering ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn22.68 Anattasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Not-Self ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn22.69 Anattaniyasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Not Belonging to Self ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn22.70 Rajanīyasaṇṭhitasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Definitely Arousing ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn22.80 Piṇḍolyasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Beggars ekamantaṁ 2 6 En Ru

Tepi bhikkhū ekadvīhikāya sārajjamānarūpā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:
Those mendicants approached the Buddha timidly, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:

sn22.81 Pālileyyasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ At Pārileyya āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu acirapakkantassa bhagavato yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then, not long after the Buddha had left, one of the mendicants went to Venerable Ānanda and told him what had happened.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ yena pālileyyakaṁ bhaddasālamūlaṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Venerable Ānanda together with those mendicants went to Pārileyya to see the Buddha. They bowed and sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
and the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.

sn22.84 Tissasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Tissa ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 6 10 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā tisso tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ tissaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Tissa and said to him,
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā tisso tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ tissaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
“Yes, reverend,” Tissa replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn22.85 Yamakasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Yamaka ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 7 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ yamakaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to him,
Yato kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu āyasmantaṁ yamakaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṁ, atha kho te bhikkhū uṭṭhāyāsanā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When those mendicants were unable to dissuade Yamaka from that misconception, they got up from their seats and went to see Venerable Sāriputta. They told him what had happened, and said,
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā yamako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā yamakena saddhiṁ sammodi …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ yamakaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Yamaka and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to Yamaka:

sn22.86 Anurādhasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Anurādha ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantaṁ anurādhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to him:
Evaṁ vutte, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantaṁ anurādhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When he said this, the wanderers said to him:
Atha kho aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantaṁ anurādhaṁ navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁsu.
Then, after rebuking Venerable Anurādha by calling him “junior” and “foolish”, the wanderers got up from their seats and left.
Atha kho āyasmā anurādho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anurādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Anurādha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him all that had happened.

sn22.87 Vakkalisutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Vakkali ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 17 0 En Ru

“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato vakkalissa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They did as he asked.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ vakkaliṁ etadavoca:
But the Buddha said to him,
Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ vakkaliṁ etadavoca:
He sat on the seat spread out and said to Vakkali,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ vakkaliṁ iminā ovādena ovaditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pakkāmi.
And then, after giving Venerable Vakkali this advice, the Buddha got up from his seat and went to the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato vakkalissa paṭissutvā āyasmantaṁ vakkaliṁ mañcakaṁ āropetvā yena isigilipassaṁ kāḷasilā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu.
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants, and did as he asked.
Atha kho dve devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu …pe… ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
Then, late at night, two glorious deities, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
One deity said to him,
Imaṁ, āvuso, rattiṁ dve devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
Late last night, two glorious deities, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, ekā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—
One deity said to him,
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā vakkali tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ vakkaliṁ etadavocuṁ:
“Yes, sir,” those monks replied. They went to Vakkali and said to him:
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato vakkalissa paṭissutvā āyasmantaṁ vakkaliṁ mañcakā oropesuṁ.
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants, and helped him off his cot.
“Imaṁ, āvuso, rattiṁ dve devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā …pe… ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.
They repeated what the Buddha had said.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, ekā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
sn22.87
Atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then those mendicants went up to the Buddha and told him Vakkali’s message.
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ vakkaliṁ dūratova mañcake vivattakkhandhaṁ semānaṁ.
The Buddha saw Vakkali off in the distance lying on his cot, having cast off the aggregates.

sn22.88 Assajisutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Assaji ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 1 En Ru

“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato assajissa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They did as he asked.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ etadavoca:
But the Buddha said to him, āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ → āyasmato assajissa (pts1ed, mr)
Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ etadavoca:
He sat on the seat spread out and said,

sn22.89 Khemakasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Khemaka āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 8 2 En Ru

Atha kho therā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā āyasmantaṁ dāsakaṁ āmantesuṁ:
In the late afternoon those senior mendicants came out of retreat and addressed Venerable Dāsaka,
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā dāsako therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭissutvā yenāyasmā khemako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ khemakaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, reverends,” replied Dāsaka. He went to Khemaka and said to him:
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā dāsako therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭissutvā yenāyasmā khemako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ khemakaṁ etadavoca—
“Yes, reverends,” replied Dāsaka. He relayed the message to Khemaka, who replied:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ khemakaṁ therā bhikkhū etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. They said to him:
Evaṁ vutte, therā bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ khemakaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When he said this, the senior mendicants said to Venerable Khemaka,
“na kho mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ khemakaṁ vihesāpekhā pucchimha, api cāyasmā khemako pahosi tassa bhagavato sāsanaṁ vitthārena ācikkhituṁ desetuṁ paññāpetuṁ paṭṭhapetuṁ vivarituṁ vibhajituṁ uttānīkātuṁ.
“We didn’t want to trouble Venerable Khemaka with our questions. But you’re capable of explaining, teaching, asserting, establishing, clarifying, analyzing, and revealing the Buddha’s instructions in detail. na kho → na kho pana (pts1ed, mr) "

sn22.90 Channasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Channa āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, therā bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ channaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When he said this, the senior mendicants said to Venerable Channa:
Atha kho āyasmā channo senāsanaṁ saṁsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kosambī ghositārāmo yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā channo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then Channa set his lodgings in order and, taking his bowl and robe, set out for Kosambī. He went to see Ānanda in Ghosita’s Monastery, exchanged greetings with him, and told him what had happened. Then he said,

sn22.91 Rāhulasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Rāhula ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn22.92 Dutiyarāhulasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Rāhula (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Rāhula said to the Buddha:

sn22.96 Gomayapiṇḍasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ A Lump of Cow Dung ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn22.97 Nakhasikhāsutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ A Fingernail ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn22.98 Suddhikasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Plain Version ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn22.113 Avijjāsutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Ignorance ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him:

sn22.114 Vijjāsutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Knowledge ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn22.115 Dhammakathikasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ A Dhamma speaker ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn22.116 Dutiyadhammakathikasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ A Dhamma speaker (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn22.124 Kappasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Kappa ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā kappo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kappo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Kappa went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn22.125 Dutiyakappasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Kappa (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kappo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Kappa said to the Buddha:

sn22.126 Samudayadhammasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Liable To Originate ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn22.127 Dutiyasamudayadhammasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Liable To Originate (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Mahākoṭṭhita said to Sāriputta:

sn22.128 Tatiyasamudayadhammasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Liable To Originate (3rd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Mahākoṭṭhita said to Sāriputta:

sn22.129 Assādasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Gratification ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Mahākoṭṭhita said to Sāriputta:

sn22.132 Dutiyasamudayasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Origin (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Mahākoṭṭhita said to Sāriputta:

sn22.133 Koṭṭhikasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Koṭṭhita ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavoca:
Sāriputta said to Mahākoṭṭhita: mahākoṭṭhikaṁ → mahākoṭṭhitaṁ (bj, pts1ed) "
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to him:

sn22.134 Dutiyakoṭṭhikasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Koṭṭhita (2nd) āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to him:

sn22.135 Tatiyakoṭṭhikasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Koṭṭhita (3rd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavoca:
Sāriputta said to Mahākoṭṭhita:
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to him:

sn23.1 Mārasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ About Māra ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā rādho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Rādha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn23.2 Sattasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Sentient Beings ekamantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.3 Bhavanettisutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ The Conduit To Rebirth ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.4 Pariññeyyasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Should Be Completely Understood ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Āyasmā rādho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rādhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Rādha went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn23.5 Samaṇasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Ascetics and Brahmins ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rādhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When Venerable Rādha was seated to one side, the Buddha said to him:

sn23.6 Dutiyasamaṇasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Ascetics and Brahmins (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rādhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When Venerable Rādha was seated to one side, the Buddha said to him:

sn23.7 Sotāpannasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ A Stream-Enterer ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rādhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When Venerable Rādha was seated to one side, the Buddha said to him:

sn23.8 Arahantasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ A Perfected One ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rādhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When Venerable Rādha was seated to one side, the Buddha said to him:

sn23.9 Chandarāgasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Desire and Greed ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rādhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When Venerable Rādha was seated to one side, the Buddha said to him:

sn23.10 Dutiyachandarāgasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Desire and Greed (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rādhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When Venerable Rādha was seated to one side, the Buddha said to him:

sn23.11 Mārasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ About Māra ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.12 Māradhammasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Susceptible to Māra ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.13 Aniccasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Impermanence ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.14 Aniccadhammasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Liable to Impermanence ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.15 Dukkhasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Suffering ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.16 Dukkhadhammasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Liable to Suffering ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.17 Anattasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Not-Self ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.18 Anattadhammasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Naturally Not-Self ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.19 Khayadhammasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Liable To End ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.20 Vayadhammasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Liable To Vanish ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.21 Samudayadhammasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Liable To Originate ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.22 Nirodhadhammasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Liable To Cease ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.23-33 sn23.23 Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Eleven Discourses on Māra, Etc. ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:

sn23.35-45 sn23.35 Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Eleven Discourses on Māra, Etc. ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rādhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When Venerable Rādha was seated to one side, the Buddha said to him:

sn23.46 Nirodhadhammasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Liable To Cease ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rādhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
When Venerable Rādha was seated to one side, the Buddha said to him:

sn28.1 Vivekajasutta Sāriputtasaṁyuttaṁ Born of Seclusion āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Addasā kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.
Venerable Ānanda saw him coming off in the distance,
Disvāna āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him:

sn28.2 Avitakkasutta Sāriputtasaṁyuttaṁ Without Placing the Mind āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasā kho āyasmā ānando …pe… āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Venerable Ānanda saw Venerable Sāriputta and said to him:

sn28.10 Sucimukhīsutta Sāriputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Sucimukhī āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho sucimukhī paribbājikā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Then the wanderer Sucimukhī went up to Venerable Sāriputta and said to him:

sn29.3 Uposathasutta Nāgasaṁyuttaṁ Sabbath ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn29.4 Dutiyauposathasutta Nāgasaṁyuttaṁ Sabbath (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn29.5 Tatiyauposathasutta Nāgasaṁyuttaṁ Sabbath (3rd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn29.6 Catutthauposathasutta Nāgasaṁyuttaṁ Sabbath (4th) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn29.7 Sutasutta Nāgasaṁyuttaṁ They’ve Heard ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn29.8 Dutiyasutasutta Nāgasaṁyuttaṁ They’ve Heard (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn29.9 Tatiyasutasutta Nāgasaṁyuttaṁ They’ve Heard (3rd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn29.10 Catutthasutasutta Nāgasaṁyuttaṁ They’ve Heard (4th) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn29.11-20 sn29.11-20 Nāgasaṁyuttaṁ Ten Discourses On How Giving Helps to Become Egg-Born ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn29.21-50 sn29.21-50 Nāgasaṁyuttaṁ Thirty Discourses On How Giving Helps to Become Womb-Born, Etc. ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn30.3 Dvayakārīsutta Supaṇṇasaṁyuttaṁ Both Kinds of Deeds ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn30.4-6 sn30.4-6 Supaṇṇasaṁyuttaṁ Both Kinds of Deeds (2nd–4th) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn30.7-16 sn30.7-16 Supaṇṇasaṁyuttaṁ Ten Discourses On How Giving Helps to Become Egg-Born ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn30.17-46 sn30.17-46 Supaṇṇasaṁyuttaṁ How Giving Helps to Become Womb-Born, Etc. ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn31.2 Sucaritasutta Gandhabbakāyasaṁyuttaṁ Good Conduct ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn31.3 Mūlagandhadātāsutta Gandhabbakāyasaṁyuttaṁ A Giver of Fragrant Roots ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn31.4-12 sn31.4-12 Gandhabbakāyasaṁyuttaṁ Nine Discourses On Givers of Fragrant Heartwood, Etc. ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn31.13-22 sn31.13-22 Gandhabbakāyasaṁyuttaṁ Ten Discourses On How Giving Helps to Become a Fragrant Root Fairy ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn31.23-112 sn31.23-112 Gandhabbakāyasaṁyuttaṁ Ninety Discourses On How Giving Helps to Become a Fragrant Heartwood Fairy ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn32.2 Sucaritasutta Valāhakasaṁyuttaṁ Good Conduct ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn32.3-12 sn32.3-12 Valāhakasaṁyuttaṁ Ten Discourses On How Giving Helps to Become a Cool Cloud God ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn32.13-52 sn32.13-52 Valāhakasaṁyuttaṁ How Giving Helps to Become a Warm Cloud God, Etc. ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn32.53 Sītavalāhakasutta Valāhakasaṁyuttaṁ Gods of the Cool Clouds ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn32.54 Uṇhavalāhakasutta Valāhakasaṁyuttaṁ Gods of the Warm Clouds ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn32.55 Abbhavalāhakasutta Valāhakasaṁyuttaṁ Gods of the Storm Clouds ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn32.56 Vātavalāhakasutta Valāhakasaṁyuttaṁ Gods of the Windy Clouds ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn32.57 Vassavalāhakasutta Valāhakasaṁyuttaṁ Gods of the Rainy Clouds ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn33.1 Rūpaaññāṇasutta Vacchagottasaṁyuttaṁ Not Knowing Form ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

sn33.2 Vedanāaññāṇasutta Vacchagottasaṁyuttaṁ Not Knowing Feeling ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:

sn33.3 Saññāaññāṇasutta Vacchagottasaṁyuttaṁ Not Knowing Perception ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:

sn33.4 Saṅkhāraaññāṇasutta Vacchagottasaṁyuttaṁ Not Knowing Choices ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:

sn33.5 Viññāṇaaññāṇasutta Vacchagottasaṁyuttaṁ Not Knowing Consciousness ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:

sn33.6-10 sn33.6-10 Vacchagottasaṁyuttaṁ Five Discourses on Not Seeing Form, Etc. ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:

sn33.16-20 sn33.16 Vacchagottasaṁyuttaṁ Five Discourses on Not Understanding Form, Etc. ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—
sn33.16

sn33.51-54 sn33.51 Vacchagottasaṁyuttaṁ Four Discourses on Not Directly Experiencing Form, Etc. ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

sn35.53 Avijjāpahānasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Giving Up Ignorance ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn35.63 Paṭhamamigajālasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Migajāla (1st) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā migajālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him:

sn35.64 Dutiyamigajālasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Migajāla (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā migajālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him:

sn35.69 Upasenaāsīvisasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Upasena and the Viper āyasmantaṁ 1 3 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ upasenaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Sāriputta said to him,

sn35.70 Upavāṇasandiṭṭhikasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Upavāna on What is Visible in This Very Life ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him: upavāṇo → upavāno (pts1ed) "

sn35.74 Paṭhamagilānasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Sick (1st) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, and said to him,

sn35.76 Rādhaaniccasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Rādha on Impermanence ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him,

sn35.79 Paṭhamaavijjāpahānasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Giving Up Ignorance (1st) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him:

sn35.81 Sambahulabhikkhusutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Several Mendicants ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn35.82 Lokapañhāsutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ A Question On the World ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and said to him:

sn35.83 Phaggunapañhāsutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Phagguna’s Question ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā phagguno …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā phagguno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
And then Venerable Phagguna went up to the Buddha … and said to him:

sn35.84 Palokadhammasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Liable to Wear Out ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn35.86 Saṅkhittadhammasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ A Teaching In Brief ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha:

sn35.87 Channasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Channa āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 10 4 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahācundo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahācunda and said to him,
Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahācundo yenāyasmā channo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṁsu. Nisajja kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ channaṁ etadavoca:
And then Sāriputta and Mahācunda went to see Channa and sat down on the seats spread out. Sāriputta said to Channa:
Yāpetāyasmā channo, yāpentaṁ mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ icchāma.
Venerable Channa, keep going! We want you to keep going.
Sace āyasmato channassa natthi patirūpā upaṭṭhākā, ahaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ upaṭṭhahissāmi.
If you don’t have a capable carer, we’ll find one for you.
Yāpetāyasmā channo, yāpentaṁ mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ icchāmā”ti.
Venerable Channa, keep going! We want you to keep going.”
“Puccheyyāma mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ kañcideva desaṁ, sace āyasmā channo okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti.
“I’d like to ask Venerable Channa about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.” kañcideva → kiñcideva (sya-all, km, pts1ed, mr) "
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahācundo āyasmantaṁ channaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Mahācunda said to Venerable Channa,
Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahācundo āyasmantaṁ channaṁ iminā ovādena ovaditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁsu.
And when the venerables Sāriputta and Mahācunda had given Venerable Channa this advice they got up from their seat and left.
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn35.88 Puṇṇasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Puṇṇa ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
And then Venerable Puṇṇa went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: Atha → sāvatthinidānaṁ. atha (?)
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn35.89 Bāhiyasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Bāhiya ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā bāhiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bāhiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Bāhiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn35.95 Mālukyaputtasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Māluṅkyaputta ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Māluṅkyaputta went up to the Buddha … and asked him, mālukyaputto → māluṅkyaputto (bj)

sn35.116 Lokantagamanasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Traveling to the End of the World āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 9 1 En Ru

Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā”ti.
Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter.”
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. They told him what had happened, and said,
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti.
sn35.116
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti.
sn35.116
Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamimha; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipucchimha.
sn35.116

sn35.117 Kāmaguṇasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ The Kinds of Sensual Stimulation āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 9 1 En Ru

Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā”ti.
Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter.”
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. They told him what had happened, and said,
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti.
sn35.117
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti.
sn35.117
Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamimha; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipucchimha.
sn35.117

sn35.118 Sakkapañhasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ The Question of Sakka ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sakko devānamindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
And then Sakka, lord of gods, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:

sn35.119 Pañcasikhasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ The Question of Pañcasikha ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
And then the centaur Pañcasikha went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:

sn35.120 Sāriputtasaddhivihārikasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Sāriputta and the Pupil ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn35.121 Rāhulovādasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Advice to Rāhula āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ āmantesi:
After the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Rāhula,
“ajja bhagavā āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ uttariṁ āsavānaṁ khaye vinessatī”ti.
“Today the Buddha will lead Rāhula further to the ending of defilements!”
Āyasmāpi kho rāhulo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Rāhula bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him:

sn35.124 Vesālīsutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ At Vesālī ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggo gahapati vesāliko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Ugga of Vesālī went up to the Buddha, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn35.125 Vajjīsutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ In the Land of the Vajjis ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho uggo gahapati hatthigāmako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggo gahapati hatthigāmako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Ugga of Elephant Village went up to the Buddha, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn35.126 Nāḷandasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ At Nāḷandā ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho, upāli gahapati, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, upāli gahapati, bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Upāli went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn35.127 Bhāradvājasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Bhāradvāja ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā udeno āyasmantaṁ piṇḍolabhāradvājaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn35.128 Soṇasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Soṇa ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho soṇo gahapatiputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho soṇo gahapatiputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Soṇa went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn35.129 Ghositasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Ghosita ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho ghosito gahapati yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ghosito gahapati āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Ghosita went up to Venerable Ānanda, and said to him:

sn35.130 Hāliddikānisutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Hāliddikāni ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Hāliddikāni went up to Venerable Mahākaccāna … and asked him, hāliddikāni → hāliddakāni (bj, sya-all, km)

sn35.131 Nakulapitusutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Nakula’s Father ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nakulapitā gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the householder Nakula’s father went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn35.132 Lohiccasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Lohicca ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ mantaṁ 4 1 En Ru

“yagghe bhavaṁ jāneyya, samaṇo mahākaccāno brāhmaṇānaṁ mante ekaṁsena apavadati, paṭikkosatī”ti?
“Please, master, you should know this. The ascetic Mahākaccāna condemns and rejects outright the hymns of the brahmins!” mante → mantaṁ (mr)
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho lohicco brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him,

sn35.133 Verahaccānisutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Verahaccāni ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 13 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ māṇavakaṁ āyasmā udāyī dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
Udāyī educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired that student with a Dhamma talk.
“Evaṁ, bhotī”ti kho so māṇavako verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā paṭissutvā yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, madam,” he replied. He went to Udāyī and said,
Atha kho verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.
Then the brahmin lady served and satisfied Udāyī with her own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods.
Atha kho verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ pādukā ārohitvā ucce āsane nisīditvā sīsaṁ oguṇṭhitvā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
When Udāyī had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, she put on a pair of shoes, sat on a high seat, covered her head, and said to him,
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
sn35.133
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ māṇavakaṁ āyasmā udāyī dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
sn35.133
“Evaṁ, bhotī”ti kho so māṇavako verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā paṭissutvā yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, madam,” he replied. …
Atha kho verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.
Then the brahmin lady served and satisfied Udāyī with her own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods.
Atha kho verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ pādukā orohitvā nīce āsane nisīditvā sīsaṁ vivaritvā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
When Udāyī had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, she took off her shoes, sat on a low seat, uncovered her head, and said to him,
Evaṁ vutte, verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, the brahmin lady said to Udāyī,

sn35.154 Indriyasampannasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Endowed With Faculties ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn35.155 Dhammakathikapucchasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ A Dhamma Speaker ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn35.162 Koṭṭhikaaniccasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Koṭṭhita on Impermanence ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā koṭṭhiko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to the Buddha … and asked him, mahākoṭṭhiko → mahākoṭṭhito (bj) "

sn35.164 Koṭṭhikaanattasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Koṭṭhita on Not-Self ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ …pe…
sn35.164

sn35.165 Micchādiṭṭhipahānasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Giving Up Wrong View ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinno so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him:

sn35.232 Koṭṭhikasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Koṭṭhita ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Sāriputta:

sn35.233 Kāmabhūsutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Kāmabhū ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kāmabhū āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda:

sn35.234 Udāyīsutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Udāyī ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda:

sn35.243 Avassutapariyāyasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ The Explanation on the Corrupt ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 4 2 En Ru

Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu kāpilavatthavesu sakyesu āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi:
And then, soon after the Sakyans had left, the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna,
Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha got up and said to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna:

sn36.11 Rahogatasutta Vedanāsaṁyuttaṁ In Private ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn36.15 Paṭhamaānandasutta Vedanāsaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi, ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha … sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn36.16 Dutiyaānandasutta Vedanāsaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

sn36.17 Paṭhamasambahulasutta Vedanāsaṁyuttaṁ With Several Mendicants (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn36.18 Dutiyasambahulasutta Vedanāsaṁyuttaṁ With Several Mendicants (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to them:

sn36.19 Pañcakaṅgasutta Vedanāsaṁyuttaṁ With Pañcakaṅga āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 10 0 En Ru

Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
Then the master builder Pañcakaṅga went up to Venerable Udāyī, bowed, sat down to one side, and asked him,
Evaṁ vutte, pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, Pañcakaṅga said to Udāyī,
Dutiyampi kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
For a second time, Pañcakaṅga said to Udāyī,
Tatiyampi kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:
And for a third time, Pañcakaṅga said to Udāyī,
Neva sakkhi āyasmā udāyī pañcakaṅgaṁ thapatiṁ saññāpetuṁ, na panāsakkhi pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ saññāpetuṁ.
But neither was able to persuade the other.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.

sn36.21 Sīvakasutta Vedanāsaṁyuttaṁ With Sīvaka ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho moḷiyasīvako paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

sn36.23 Aññatarabhikkhusutta Vedanāsaṁyuttaṁ With a Mendicant ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn36.26 Sambahulabhikkhusutta Vedanāsaṁyuttaṁ With Several Mendicants ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn37.5 Kodhanasutta Mātugāmasaṁyuttaṁ Irritable ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Anuruddha went up to the Buddha, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn37.15 Akkodhanasutta Mātugāmasaṁyuttaṁ Loving ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Anuruddha went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn38.1 Nibbānapañhāsutta Jambukhādakasaṁyuttaṁ A Question About Extinguishment ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jambukhādako paribbājako āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Sāriputta:

sn39.1-15 sn39.1-15 Sāmaṇḍakasaṁyuttaṁ With Sāmaṇḍaka on Extinguishment ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sāmaṇḍako paribbājako āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Sāriputta:

sn40.10 Sakkasutta Moggallānasaṁyuttaṁ With Sakka āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 22 1 En Ru

Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him:
atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities …
Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him:
Atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities …
ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him:
atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities …
Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him:
atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … "

sn41.1 Saṁyojanasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ The Fetter ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho citto gahapati there bhikkhū etadavoca:
So he went up to them, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to them,

sn41.2 Paṭhamaisidattasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ Isidatta (1st) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 9 0 En Ru

Atha kho citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho citto gahapati there bhikkhū etadavoca:
Then Citta the householder went up to them, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to them,
Atha kho citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho citto gahapati āyasmantaṁ theraṁ etadavoca:
Then Citta went up to them, bowed, sat down to one side, and asked the senior venerable,
Dutiyampi kho citto gahapati āyasmantaṁ theraṁ etadavoca:
For a second time …
Tatiyampi kho citto gahapati āyasmantaṁ theraṁ etadavoca:
And for a third time, Citta asked him,
Atha kho āyasmā isidatto āyasmantaṁ theraṁ etadavoca:
He said to the senior venerable,
Atha kho āyasmā thero āyasmantaṁ isidattaṁ etadavoca:
Then the senior venerable said to Venerable Isidatta,

sn41.3 Dutiyaisidattasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ With Isidatta (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 8 0 En Ru

Atha kho citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho citto gahapati there bhikkhū etadavoca:
Then Citta the householder went up to them, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to them,
Atha kho citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho citto gahapati āyasmantaṁ theraṁ etadavoca:
So he went up to them, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the senior venerable:
tatiyampi kho citto gahapati āyasmantaṁ theraṁ etadavoca:
And for a third time, Citta said to him:
Atha kho āyasmā isidatto āyasmantaṁ theraṁ etadavoca:
He said to the venerable senior,
Atha kho āyasmā thero āyasmantaṁ isidattaṁ etadavoca:
Then the venerable senior said to Venerable Isidatta,

sn41.4 Mahakapāṭihāriyasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ Mahaka’s Demonstration ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 9 0 En Ru

Atha kho citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho citto gahapati there bhikkhū etadavoca:
Then Citta the householder went up to them, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to them,
Atha kho āyasmā mahako āyasmantaṁ theraṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Mahaka said to the senior venerable,
Atha kho āyasmā mahako ārāmaṁ sampāpuṇitvā āyasmantaṁ theraṁ etadavoca:
When they reached the monastery, Mahaka said to the senior venerable,
Atha kho citto gahapati yenāyasmā mahako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahakaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho citto gahapati āyasmantaṁ mahakaṁ etadavoca:
Then Citta went up to Mahaka, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,
Atha kho citto gahapati uttarāsaṅgaṁ papphoṭetvā saṁviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
Then Citta shook out his upper robe and stood to one side, shocked and awestruck.

sn41.5 Paṭhamakāmabhūsutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ With Kāmabhū (1st) āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 7 En Ru

Atha kho citto gahapati yenāyasmā kāmabhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ kāmabhuṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cittaṁ gahapatiṁ āyasmā kāmabhū etadavoca:
Then Citta the householder went up to Venerable Kāmabhū, bowed, and sat down to one side. Kāmabhū said to him,
Atha kho citto gahapati muhuttaṁ tuṇhī hutvā āyasmantaṁ kāmabhuṁ etadavoca:
Then after a short silence Citta said to Kāmabhū:

sn41.6 Dutiyakāmabhūsutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ With Kāmabhū (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Atha kho citto gahapati yenāyasmā kāmabhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho citto gahapati āyasmantaṁ kāmabhuṁ etadavoca:
Then Citta the householder went up to Venerable Kāmabhū, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“Sādhu, bhante”ti kho citto gahapati āyasmato kāmabhussa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ kāmabhuṁ uttariṁ pañhaṁ apucchi:
Saying “Good, sir,” Citta approved and agreed with what Kāmabhū said. Then he asked another question:
“Sādhu, bhante”ti kho citto gahapati āyasmato kāmabhussa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ kāmabhuṁ uttariṁ pañhaṁ apucchi:
Saying “Good, sir,” Citta approved and agreed with what Kāmabhū said. Then he asked another question:

sn41.7 Godattasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ With Godatta āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho citto gahapati yenāyasmā godatto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ godattaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cittaṁ gahapatiṁ āyasmā godatto etadavoca:
Then Citta the householder went up to Venerable Godatta, bowed, and sat down to one side. Godatta said to him:

sn41.8 Nigaṇṭhanāṭaputtasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ The Jain Ascetic of the Ñātika Clan ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cittaṁ gahapatiṁ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. The Jain Ñātika said to him,

sn41.9 Acelakassapasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ With Kassapa, the Naked Ascetic ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho citto gahapati acelaṁ kassapaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the naked ascetic Kassapa,

sn42.1 Caṇḍasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ Vicious ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho caṇḍo gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho caṇḍo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the chief named Fury went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn42.2 Tālapuṭasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ With Tālapuṭa ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Tālapuṭa the dancing master came up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: tālapuṭo → tālaputto (sya-all, km); talapuṭo (pts1ed)

sn42.3 Yodhājīvasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ A Warrior ekamantaṁ vāyamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho yodhājīvo gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho yodhājīvo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Dustin the warrior chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
‘yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā parajitānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatī’ti.
‘Suppose a warrior, while striving and struggling in battle, is killed and finished off by his foes. When his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in the company of the gods of the fallen.’
‘yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā parajitānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatī’ti.
‘Suppose a warrior, while striving and struggling in battle, is killed and finished off by his foes. When his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in the company of the gods of the fallen.’
Tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti;
His foes kill him and finish him off, and
‘yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā parajitānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatī’ti, sāssa hoti micchādiṭṭhi.
‘Suppose a warrior, while striving and struggling in battle, is killed and finished off by his foes. When his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in the company of the gods of the fallen.’ This is your wrong view.
‘yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā parajitānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatī’”ti.
‘Suppose a warrior, while striving and struggling in battle, is killed and finished off by his foes. When his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in the company of the gods of the fallen.’

sn42.5 Assārohasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ A Cavalryman ekamantaṁ vāyamantaṁ 7 0 En Ru

Atha kho assāroho gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho assāroho gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a cavalry chief went up to the Buddha …
‘yo so assāroho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā parajitānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatī’ti.
sn42.5
‘yo so assāroho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā parajitānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatī’ti.
sn42.5
Tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā parajito nāma nirayo tattha upapajjati.
sn42.5
‘yo so assāroho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā parajitānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatī’ti, sāssa hoti micchādiṭṭhi.
sn42.5
‘yo so assāroho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā parajitānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatī’”ti.
sn42.5

sn42.6 Asibandhakaputtasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ With Asibandhaka’s Son ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Asibandhaka’s son the chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn42.7 Khettūpamasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ The Simile of the Field ekamantaṁ 2 8 En Ru

Atha kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Asibandhaka’s son the chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn42.8 Saṅkhadhamasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ A Horn Blower ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi nigaṇṭhasāvako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho asibandhakaputtaṁ gāmaṇiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Asibandhaka’s son the chief, who was a disciple of the Jains, went up to the Buddha, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

sn42.9 Kulasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ Families ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi nigaṇṭhasāvako yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho asibandhakaputtaṁ gāmaṇiṁ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto etadavoca:
Then Asibandhaka’s son the chief, who was a disciple of the Jains, went up to the Jain Ñātika, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Jain Ñātika said to him:
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” replied Asibandhaka’s son. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Jain Ñātika, keeping him on his right. Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn42.10 Maṇicūḷakasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ With Maṇicūḷaka ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Maṇicūḷaka went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. He then said,

sn42.11 Bhadrakasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ With Bhadraka ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhadrako gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bhadrako gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Bhadraka the village chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn42.12 Rāsiyasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ With Rāsiya ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho rāsiyo gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rāsiyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Rāsiya the chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn42.13 Pāṭaliyasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ With Pāṭaliya ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Pāṭaliya the chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn43.12 Asaṅkhatasutta Asaṅkhatasaṁyuttaṁ The Unconditioned sammākammantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

sammākammantaṁ bhāveti …pe…
right action …

sn44.1 Khemāsutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ With Khemā ekamantaṁ 4 7 En Ru

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena khemā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā khemaṁ bhikkhuniṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo khemaṁ bhikkhuniṁ etadavoca:
Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the nun Khemā, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to her:
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo aparena samayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then on a later occasion King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. He asked the Buddha exactly the same questions he had asked the nun Khemā, and received the same answers.

sn44.2 Anurādhasutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ With Anurādha ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 9 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantaṁ anurādhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to him:
Evaṁ vutte, te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantaṁ anurādhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When he said this, the wanderers said to him,
Atha kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantaṁ anurādhaṁ navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁsu.
Then, after rebuking Venerable Anurādha by calling him “junior” and “foolish”, the wanderers got up from their seat and left.
Atha kho āyasmā anurādho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anurādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Anurādha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho, bhante, te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā maṁ etadavocuṁ:
sn44.2

sn44.3 Paṭhamasāriputtakoṭṭhikasutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ With Sāriputta and Koṭṭhita (1st) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:

sn44.6 Catutthasāriputtakoṭṭhikasutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ With Sāriputta and Koṭṭhita (4th) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Mahākoṭṭhita:

sn44.7 Moggallānasutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ With Moggallāna ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to Mahāmoggallāna:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. He asked the Buddha the same questions, and received the same answers.

sn44.8 Vacchagottasutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ With Vacchagotta ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 5 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. He asked Mahāmoggallāna the same questions, and received the same answers.

sn44.9 Kutūhalasālāsutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ The Debating Hall ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

sn44.10 Ānandasutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

sn44.11 Sabhiyakaccānasutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ With Sabhiya Kaccāna ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ sabhiyaṁ kaccānaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to Sabhiya Kaccāna:

sn45.2 Upaḍḍhasutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ Half the Spiritual Life ekamantaṁ sammākammantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
sammākammantaṁ bhāveti …pe…
right action …

sn45.3 Sāriputtasutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ Sāriputta ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn45.4 Jāṇussoṇibrāhmaṇasutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ Regarding the Brahmin Jānussoṇi ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding,

sn45.5 Kimatthiyasutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ What’s the Purpose ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha … and said to him:

sn45.6 Paṭhamaaññatarabhikkhusutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ A Mendicant (1st) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn45.7 Dutiyaaññatarabhikkhusutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ A Mendicant (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and said to him:

sn45.10 Nandiyasutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ With Nandiya ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nandiyo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

sn45.13 Sekkhasutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ A Trainee ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn45.18 Paṭhamakukkuṭārāmasutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ At the Chicken Monastery (1st) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bhaddo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda:

sn45.30 Uttiyasutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ With Uttiya ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā uttiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā uttiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Uttiya went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn46.5 Bhikkhusutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ A Monk ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn46.6 Kuṇḍaliyasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ Kuṇḍaliya ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kuṇḍaliyo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

sn46.8 Upavānasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ With Upavāna ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ upavānaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Upavāna:

sn46.14 Paṭhamagilānasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ Sick (1st) āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to him:

sn46.15 Dutiyagilānasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ Sick (2nd) āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to Venerable Moggallāna, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to him:

sn46.16 Tatiyagilānasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ Sick (3rd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahācundo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Mahācunda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn46.21 Bodhāyasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ To Awakening ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and said to him:

sn46.30 Udāyisutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ With Udāyī ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā udāyī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Udāyī went up to the Buddha … and said to him:

sn46.44 Duppaññasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ Witless ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn46.52 Pariyāyasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ Is There a Way? ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. The wanderers said to them:
Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdimha. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho amhe, bhante, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṁ:
sn46.52

sn46.54 Mettāsahagatasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ Full of Love ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. The wanderers said to them:
Atha kho te bhikkhū haliddavasane piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdimha. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho amhe, bhante, te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṁ:
sn46.54

sn46.55 Saṅgāravasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ With Saṅgārava ekamantaṁ 2 10 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

sn46.56 Abhayasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ With Prince Abhaya ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho abhayo rājakumāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho abhayo rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Prince Abhaya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn47.3 Bhikkhusutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ A Monk ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn47.9 Gilānasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ Sick ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn47.10 Bhikkhunupassayasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ The Nuns’ Quarters āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 8 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhuniyo yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several nuns went up to Venerable Ānanda bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
Atha kho, bhante, sambahulā bhikkhuniyo yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho, bhante, tā bhikkhuniyo maṁ etadavocuṁ:
sn47.10

sn47.11 Mahāpurisasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ A Great Man ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:

sn47.12 Nālandasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ At Nāḷandā ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn47.13 Cundasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ With Cunda āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 6 1 En Ru

Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmato sāriputtassa pattacīvaramādāya yena sāvatthi jetavanaṁ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
Then Cunda took Sāriputta’s bowl and robes and set out for Sāvatthī. He went to see Venerable Ānanda at Jeta’s grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
Atha kho āyasmā ca ānando cundo ca samaṇuddeso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ānanda and Cunda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn47.15 Bāhiyasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ With Bāhiya ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā bāhiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bāhiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Bāhiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn47.16 Uttiyasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ With Uttiya ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā uttiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā uttiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Uttiya went up to the Buddha … and asked him,

sn47.21 Sīlasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ Ethics ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bhaddo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda:

sn47.22 Ciraṭṭhitisutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ Long Lasting ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bhaddo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
sn47.22

sn47.23 Parihānasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ Decline ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bhaddo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda:

sn47.25 Aññatarabrāhmaṇasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ A Certain Brahmin ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

sn47.26 Padesasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ Partly ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. Sāriputta said to Anuruddha:

sn47.27 Samattasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ Completely ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
sn47.27

sn47.28 Lokasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ The World ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
sn47.28

sn47.29 Sirivaḍḍhasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ With Sirivaḍḍha āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso sirivaḍḍhassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that man replied. He did as Sirivaḍḍha asked.

sn47.46 Pātimokkhasaṁvarasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ Restraint in the Monastic Code ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn48.19 Sampannasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ Endowed ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn48.42 Uṇṇābhabrāhmaṇasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ The Brahmin Uṇṇābha ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uṇṇābho brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

sn48.44 Pubbakoṭṭhakasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ At the Eastern Gate āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tatra kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta:

sn48.49 Piṇḍolabhāradvājasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ About Bhāradvāja the Alms-gatherer ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then they said,

sn48.50 Āpaṇasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ At Āpaṇa āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tatra kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta:

sn48.58 Sūkarakhatasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ The Boar’s Cave āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tatra kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta:

sn51.10 Cetiyasutta Iddhipādasaṁyuttaṁ At the Cāpāla Shrine āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ pāpimantaṁ 7 0 En Ru

Vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Ānanda:
Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Ānanda bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to him:
tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
and for a third time, the Buddha said to Ānanda:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to him,
Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavoca:
When this was said, the Buddha said to Māra,

sn51.14 Moggallānasutta Iddhipādasaṁyuttaṁ With Moggallāna āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, mahāmoggallānaṁ → mahāmoggalānaṁ (pts1ed)
Atha kho te bhikkhū saṁviggā lomahaṭṭhajātā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu:
Then those mendicants stood to one side, shocked and awestruck.
“kiṁ nu tumhe, bhikkhave, saṁviggā lomahaṭṭhajātā ekamantaṁ ṭhitā”ti?
“Why do you, mendicants, stand to one side, shocked and awestruck?”

sn51.15 Uṇṇābhabrāhmaṇasutta Iddhipādasaṁyuttaṁ The Brahmin Uṇṇābha ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uṇṇābho brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him,

sn51.22 Ayoguḷasutta Iddhipādasaṁyuttaṁ The Iron Ball ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn51.27 Paṭhamaānandasutta Iddhipādasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn51.28 Dutiyaānandasutta Iddhipādasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda:

sn51.29 Paṭhamabhikkhusutta Iddhipādasaṁyuttaṁ Several Mendicants (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn51.30 Dutiyabhikkhusutta Iddhipādasaṁyuttaṁ Several Mendicants (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said to them:

sn52.1 Paṭhamarahogatasutta Anuruddhasaṁyuttaṁ In Private (1st) āyasmantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
and said to him:

sn52.2 Dutiyarahogatasutta Anuruddhasaṁyuttaṁ In Private (2nd) āyasmantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmato anuruddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—āyasmato anuruddhassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna knew what Venerable Anuruddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he reappeared in front of Anuruddha and said to him:

sn52.3 Sutanusutta Anuruddhasaṁyuttaṁ On the Bank of the Sutanu ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn52.4 Paṭhamakaṇḍakīsutta Anuruddhasaṁyuttaṁ At Thorny Wood (1st) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side. Sāriputta said to Anuruddha:

sn52.5 Dutiyakaṇḍakīsutta Anuruddhasaṁyuttaṁ At Thorny Wood (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
Sāriputta said to Anuruddha:

sn52.6 Tatiyakaṇḍakīsutta Anuruddhasaṁyuttaṁ At Thorny Wood (3rd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
Sāriputta said to Anuruddha:

sn52.9 Ambapālivanasutta Anuruddhasaṁyuttaṁ In Ambapālī’s Mango Grove ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and said to him:

sn52.10 Bāḷhagilānasutta Anuruddhasaṁyuttaṁ Gravely Ill āyasmantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to Venerable Anuruddha, and said to him:

sn52.11 Kappasahassasutta Anuruddhasaṁyuttaṁ A Thousand Eons ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā anuruddhena saddhiṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to Venerable Anuruddha, exchanged greetings with him … and said:

sn54.7 Mahākappinasutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ About Mahākappina āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākappinaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.
The Buddha saw him,
“Yadāpi mayaṁ, bhante, taṁ āyasmantaṁ passāma saṅghamajjhe vā nisinnaṁ ekaṁ vā raho nisinnaṁ, tadāpi mayaṁ tassa āyasmato na passāma kāyassa iñjitattaṁ vā phanditattaṁ vā”ti.
“Sir, whenever we see that mendicant meditating—whether in the middle of the Saṅgha or alone in private—we never see any disturbance or trembling in his body.”

sn54.9 Vesālīsutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ At Vesālī āyasmantaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā tassa aḍḍhamāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Then after a fortnight had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda,

sn54.10 Kimilasutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ With Kimbila āyasmantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Tatra kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ kimilaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Kimbila,
tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ kimilaṁ āmantesi:
And for a third time, the Buddha said to him,

sn54.12 Kaṅkheyyasutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ In Doubt āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yenāyasmā lomasakaṁbhiyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ lomasakaṁbhiyaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko āyasmantaṁ lomasakaṁbhiyaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to Venerable Lomasavaṅgīsa, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn54.13 Paṭhamaānandasutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn54.14 Dutiyaānandasutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn54.15 Paṭhamabhikkhusutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ Several Mendicants (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn54.16 Dutiyabhikkhusutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ Several Mendicants (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:

sn55.3 Dīghāvuupāsakasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Dīghāvu ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“Evaṁ, tātā”ti kho jotiko gahapati dīghāvussa upāsakassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jotiko gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, dear,” replied Jotika. He did as Dīghāvu asked.
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn55.4 Paṭhamasāriputtasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Sāriputta (1st) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat … and said to Sāriputta:

sn55.5 Dutiyasāriputtasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Sāriputta (2nd) ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn55.6 Thapatisutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ The Chamberlains ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
The chamberlains Isidatta and Purāṇa bowed, sat down to one side,
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
and said to the Buddha:

sn55.7 Veḷudvāreyyasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ The People of Bamboo Gate ekamantaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Atha kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu; sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then the brahmins and householders of Bamboo Gate went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. Seated to one side they said to the Buddha:

sn55.8 Paṭhamagiñjakāvasathasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ In the Brick Hall (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn55.9 Dutiyagiñjakāvasathasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ At the Brick Hall (2nd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Ānanda said to the Buddha:

sn55.10 Tatiyagiñjakāvasathasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ At the Brick Hall (3rd) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Ānanda said to the Buddha:

sn55.11 Sahassabhikkhunisaṅghasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ A Saṅgha of a Thousand Nuns ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho sahassabhikkhunisaṅgho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca:
Then a Saṅgha of a thousand nuns went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to them: sahassabhikkhunisaṅgho → sahassaṁ bhikkhunīsaṅgho (bj); sahassabhikkhunīsaṅgho (sya-all) "

sn55.13 Ānandattherasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With the Senior Monk Ānanda ekamantaṁ āyasmantaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him:

sn55.18 Paṭhamadevacārikasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ A Visit to the Gods (1st) āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Then several deities of the company of the Thirty-Three went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Moggallāna said to them:

sn55.19 Dutiyadevacārikasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ A Visit to the Gods (2nd) āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca:
Then several deities of the company of the Thirty-Three went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Moggallāna said to them:

sn55.20 Tatiyadevacārikasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ A Visit to the Gods (3rd) ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatāyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo bhagavā etadavoca:
Then several deities of the company of the Thirty-Three went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to them:

sn55.21 Paṭhamamahānāmasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Mahānāma (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn55.22 Dutiyamahānāmasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Mahānāma (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn55.23 Godhasakkasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Godhā the Sakyan ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko godhā ca sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahānāma and Godhā went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Mahānāma told the Buddha all that had happened, and then said:

sn55.24 Paṭhamasaraṇānisakkasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ About Sarakāni (1st) ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said:

sn55.25 Dutiyasaraṇānisakkasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ About Sarakāni the Sakyan (2nd) ekamantaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said:

sn55.26 Paṭhamaanāthapiṇḍikasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ Anāthapiṇḍika (1st) āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ sammākammantaṁ 11 0 En Ru

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that man replied. He did as Anāthapiṇḍika asked.
Tañca pana te sammākammantaṁ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
sn55.26
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcāsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
When Sāriputta had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Anāthapiṇḍika took a low seat and sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ āyasmā sāriputto imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
Venerable Sāriputta expressed his appreciation to him with these verses.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,

sn55.27 Dutiyaanāthapiṇḍikasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Anāthapiṇḍika (2nd) āyasmantaṁ ekamantaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that man replied. He did as Anāthapiṇḍika asked.

sn55.28 Paṭhamabhayaverūpasantasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ Dangers and Threats (1st) ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Seated to one side, the Buddha said to the householder Anāthapiṇḍika:

sn55.30 Nandakalicchavisutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Nandaka the Licchavi ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho nandako licchavimahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nandakaṁ licchavimahāmattaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Nandaka the Licchavi minister went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

sn55.37 Mahānāmasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Mahānāma ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn55.39 Kāḷigodhasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Kāḷigodhā ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho kāḷigodhā sākiyānī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho kāḷigodhaṁ sākiyāniṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Kāḷigodhā went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her:

sn55.40 Nandiyasakkasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ Nandiya the Sakyan ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho nandiyo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nandiyo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Nandiya the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn55.47 Nandiyasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Nandiya ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nandiyaṁ sakkaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Seated to one side, the Buddha said to Nandiya the Sakyan:

sn55.48 Bhaddiyasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Bhaddiya ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho bhaddiyaṁ sakkaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Seated to one side, the Buddha said to Bhaddiya the Sakyan:

sn55.49 Mahānāmasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Mahānāma ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho mahānāmaṁ sakkaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Seated to one side, the Buddha said to Mahānāma the Sakyan:

sn55.52 Vassaṁvutthasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ One Who Completed the Rains ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocuṁ:
They went to that mendicant, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,

sn55.53 Dhammadinnasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Dhammadinna ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho dhammadinno upāsako pañcahi upāsakasatehi saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho dhammadinno upāsako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the lay follower Dhammadinna, together with five hundred lay followers, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn55.54 Gilānasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ Sick ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then he went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him that he had heard that the Buddha was leaving. He added,

sn56.17 Avijjāsutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ Ignorance ekamantaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:

sn56.18 Vijjāsutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ Knowledge ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

sn56.45 Vālasutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ Splitting Hairs ekamantaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando vesāliṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Vesālī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.